65
This document is meant purely as a documentation tool and the institutions do not assume any liability for its contents B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 30 May 1994 relating to the mechanical coupling devices of motor vehicles and their trailers and their attachment to those vehicles (OJ L 195, 29.7.1994, p. 1) Amended by: Official Journal No page date M1 Council Directive 2006/96/EC of 20 November 2006 L 363 81 20.12.2006 Amended by: A1 Act concerning the conditions of accession of the Czech Republic, the Republic of Estonia, the Republic of Cyprus, the Republic of Latvia, the Republic of Lithuania, the Republic of Hungary, the Republic of Malta, the Republic of Poland, the Republic of Slovenia and the Slovak Republic and the adjustments to the Treaties on which the European Union is founded L 236 33 23.9.2003 1994L0020 EN 01.01.2007 002.001 1

B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    1

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

This document is meant purely as a documentation tool and the institutions do not assume any liability for its contents

B DIRECTIVE 9420EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

of 30 May 1994

relating to the mechanical coupling devices of motor vehicles and their trailers and theirattachment to those vehicles

(OJ L 195 2971994 p 1)

Amended by

Official Journal

No page date

M1 Council Directive 200696EC of 20 November 2006 L 363 81 20122006

Amended by

A1 Act concerning the conditions of accession of the Czech Republic theRepublic of Estonia the Republic of Cyprus the Republic of Latviathe Republic of Lithuania the Republic of Hungary the Republic ofMalta the Republic of Poland the Republic of Slovenia and the SlovakRepublic and the adjustments to the Treaties on which the EuropeanUnion is founded

L 236 33 2392003

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 1

DIRECTIVE 9420EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENTAND OF THE COUNCIL

of 30 May 1994

relating to the mechanical coupling devices of motor vehicles andtheir trailers and their attachment to those vehicles

THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL OF THEEUROPEAN UNION

Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community andin particular Article 100a thereof

Having regard to the proposal from the Commission (1)

Having regard of the opinion of the Economic and Social Committee(2)

Acting in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 189b ofthe Treaty (3)

Whereas the internal market comprises an area without internal frontiersin which the free movement of goods persons services and capital isensured whereas it is important to adopt measures to that end

Whereas the technical requirements which motor vehicles and theirtrailers must satisfy pursuant to national laws relate inter alia to themechanical couplings of such vehicles

Whereas these requirements differ from one Member State to anotherwhereas it is therefore necessary that all Member States adopt the samerequirements either in addition to or in place of their existing rules inorder to allow in particular the EEC type-approval procedure whichwas the subject of Council Directive 70156EC of 6 February 1970 onthe approximation of the laws of Member States relating to the type-approval of motor vehicles and their trailers (4) to be implemented

Whereas this Directive will be one of the separate directives of the EECtype-approval procedure which has been established by Directive70156EEC whereas consequently the provisions laid down inDirective 70156EEC relating to vehicle systems components andseparate technical units shall apply to this Directive

Whereas with the view of improving road safety and facilitating theinterchangeability of motor vehicles and trailers in international trafficit is considered important that all kinds of vehicles forming a road trainor being an articulated vehicle shall be equipped with standardized andharmonized mechanical coupling systems

Whereas it is desirable to follow the technical requirements of the ECE(Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations) RegulationNo 55 relating to the uniform provisions concerning mechanicalcoupling components of combinations of vehicles whereas RegulationNo 55 is annexed to the Agreement of 20 March 1958 concerning theadoption of uniform conditions of approval and reciprocal recognition ofapproval for motor vehicle equipment and parts

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 2

(1) OJ No C 134 25 5 1992 p 36(2) OJ No C 313 30 11 1992 p 10(3) Opinion of the European Parliament of 29 October 1992 (OJ No C 305 23

11 1992 p 115) Council common position of 27 September 1993 (not yetpublished in the Official Journal) Decision of the European Parliament of 9March 1994 (not yet published in the Official Journal)

(4) OJ No L 42 23 2 1970 p 1 Direcitve as last amended by Directive 9253EEC (OJ No L 225 10 8 1992 p 1)

Whereas mainly international standards (ISO) have been taken intoconsideration for uniform dimensions of mechanical coupling systemsto ensure interchangeability of the individual vehicles forming roadtrains or articulated vehicles and to guarantee free movement ofgoods the Member States

HAVE ADOPTED THIS DIRECTIVE

Article 1

For the purpose of this Directive

mdash lsquovehiclersquo means any motor vehicle as defined in Article 2 ofDirective 70156EEC intended for use on the road beingcomplete or incomplete having at least four wheels and amaximum design speed exceeding 25 kmh and its trailers withthe exception of vehicles which run on rails and of agriculturaland forestry tractors and all mobile machinery

mdash lsquomechanical coupling typersquo means a mechanical coupling device forwhich type-approval of a component within the meaning of Article 2of Directive 70156EEC may be granted

Article 2

Member States may not refuse

mdash EEC type-approval or national type-approval for a vehicle or refuseor prohibit the sale registration entry into service or use of avehicle on grounds relating to its optional equipment withmechanical coupling devices

mdash EEC component type-approval or national component type-approvalfor a mechanical coupling or prohibit the sale or use of amechanical coupling device

if the requirements of the Annexes are satisfied

Article 3

Member States shall adopt and publish the laws regulations and admin-istrative provisions necessary to comply with this Directive within 18months of the date of its adoption They shall forthwith inform theCommission thereof

When Member States adopt these measures they shall contain areference to this Directive or shall be accompanied by such referenceon the occasion of their official publication The method of making sucha reference shall be laid down by the Member States

They shall apply these provisions 18 months following the date ofadoption of this Directive

Article 4

This Directive is addressed to the Member States

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 3

LIST OF ANNEXES

ANNEX I Scope definition application and granting of EECtype-approval extension of approval conformity ofproduction

ANNEX II Example of an EEC approval marking

ANNEX III Information document for type-approved mechanicalcoupling devices

ANNEX IV EEC type-approval certificate for mechanical couplingdevices

ANNEX V Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

ANNEX VI Testing of mechanical coupling devices

ANNEX VII Requirements for the attachment of mechanicalcoupling devices to vehicles

ANNEX VIII Information document for type-approved vehicles

ANNEX IX EEC type-approval certificate for vehicles

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 4

ANNEX I

1 Scope

11 This Directive applies to the mechanical coupling devices for motorvehicles and their trailers and the attachment of these devices to theroad vehicles as described in Article 1 of this Directive

12 This Directive states the requirements which mechanical couplingdevices intended for use between combinations of vehicles mustsatisfy in order to

mdash ensure compatibility when combining motor vehicles withdifferent types of trailer

mdash ensure the safe coupling together of the vehicles under allconditions of use

mdash ensure safe procedures for coupling and uncoupling

13 The coupling devices are classified according to type and distin-guishing between

mdash standard coupling devices (see Section 2111)

mdash non-standard coupling devices (see Section 2112)

The classification is as follows

131 Class A Coupling balls and towing brackets(see Annex V Section 1)

1311 Class A 50-1 to A 50-3 Standard coupling balls 50 and flangetype towing brackets

1312 Class A 50-X Non-standard coupling balls 50 andtowing brackets

132 Class B Coupling heads (see Annex V Section2)

1321 Class B 50-X Non-Standard coupling heads 50

133 Class C Automatic drawbar couplings

1331 Class C 50 Drawbar couplings 50

Class C 50-1 to C 50-6 Standard drawbar couplings 50 (seeAnnex V Section 3 Tables 3 and 4)

1332 Class C 50-X Non-standard drawbar couplings 50

134 Class D Drawbar eyes

1341 Class D 50 Drawbar eyes 50

Class D 50-A Standard drawbar eyes D 50 forwelding attachment (see Annex VFigure 9 Table 5)

Class D 50-B Standard drawbar eyes 50 for screwingattachment (see Annex V Figure 10Table 5)

Class D 50-C Standard drawbar eyes D 50-C 1 forbolting attachment (see Annex VFigures 11 and 12 Table 5)

1342 Class D 50-X Non-Standard drawbar eyes 50 (seeAnnex V Figure 9)

135 Class E Non-standard drawbars

136 Class F Non-standard drawbeams

137 Class G Fifth wheel couplings

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 5

1371 Class G 50 Standard fifth wheel couplings 50 (seeAnnex V Figure 15 Table 7)

1372 Class G 50-X Non-standard fifth wheel couplings 50

138 Class H Fifth wheel coupling pins

1381 Class H 50-X Non-standard fifth wheel coupling pins50

139 Class J Non-standard mounting plates

1310 Class S Non-standard miscellaneous couplingdevices

2 DEFINITIONS

21 Mechanical coupling devices between motor vehicles and trailers areall parts and devices on the frames load-bearing parts of thebodywork and chassis of the vehicles by means of which towingand towed vehicles are connected together

It also includes fixed or detachable parts for the attachmentadjustment or operation of the abovementioned coupling devices

211 The coupling balls and towing brackets in Section 131 aremechanical coupling devices employing a spherical device andbrackets on the towing vehicle for connecting to the trailer bymeans of a coupling head

212 The coupling heads in Section 132 are mechanical coupling deviceson the drawbar of trailers for connecting to a coupling ball on thetowing vehicle

213 The drawbar couplings in Section 133 are mechanical couplingdevices with a jaw and an automatic closing and locking pin onthe towing vehicle for connecting to the trailer by means of adrawbar eye

214 The drawbar eyes in Section 134 are mechanical coupling deviceson the drawbar of trailers having a parallel hole for connecting to theautomatic drawbar couplings

215 The drawbars in Section 135 comprise overrun devices and similaritems of equipment mounted on the front of the towed vehicle or tothe vehicle chassis which is suitable for coupling to a towing vehicleby means of drawbar eyes coupling heads and similar couplingdevices

Drawbars can be attached to the trailer so as to move freely in thevertical plane and therefore support no vertical load so called hingeddrawbars or be fixed in the vertical plane so as to support a verticalload so called rigid drawbars Drawbars fixed in the vertical planecan be either rigid or sprung

Drawbars may also comprise more than one component be adjustableor cranked This Directive concerns drawbars only of the type whichforms a separate unit which is not part of the chassis of the towedvehicle

216 The drawbeams in Section 136 are all parts and devices placedbetween the coupling devices such as coupling balls and drawbarcouplings and the frame (eg rear cross member) the load-bearingbodywork or the chassis of the towing vehicle

217 The fifth wheel coupling in Section 137 are plate-like couplingdevices used on towing vehicles having an automatic coupling lockand connecting to the fifth wheel coupling pins in Section 138

218 The fifth wheel coupling pins in Section 138 are a coupling devicein the form of a pin for mounting on a semi-trailer and connecting tothe towing vehicle by means of a fifth wheel coupling

219 The mounting plates in Section 139 are all parts and devices usedfor attaching fifth wheel couplings to the frame of the towing vehicleThe mounting plate may have provision to move horizontally (iesliding fifth wheel)

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 6

2110 Steering wedges are components mounted on semi-trailers whichcontrol positive steering of the trailer in conjunction with the fifthwheel coupling

2111 Standard coupling devices are classified in Section 13 and conformto standard dimensions and standard characteristic values as given inthis Directive They are interchangeable within their class inde-pendent of type and manufacturer

2112 Non-standard coupling devices are those of Classes A to J which donot fall under the classification of standard coupling devices butwhich can be connected to standard coupling devices of therelevant classes

2113 The miscellaneous coupling devices for transitional or exceptional usein Section 1310 are mechanical coupling devices which do notbelong to any of the Classes A to J (eg coupling devicesaccording to existing national standards or for heavy transport)

2114 Remote control devices are devices which in the case of an inac-cessible coupling device enable the coupling device to be operatedfrom the side of the vehicle or from the driving cab

2115 Remote indicators are indicating devices which indicate to the vehicledriver in his cab that coupling has been effected and the safetydevices have engaged

2116 A type of mechanical coupling device means a device which does notdiffer in such essential aspects as

21161 class of coupling device

21162 factory mark or trade name

21163 external shape or principal dimensions or other fundamentaldifferences in design

21164 characteristic values D S V and U

2117 A coupling procedure is automatic if reversing the towing vehicleagainst the trailer is sufficient to engage the coupling completelyand properly without any external intervention to secure it automa-tically and to indicate proper engagement of the safety devices Anautomatic coupling procedure requires the use of automatic couplings

2118 The lsquoD-valuersquo is defined as the theoretical reference force for thehorizontal force between towing vehicle and trailer

The D-value is taken as the basis for horizontal loads in the dynamictests

For mechanical coupling devices unsuitable for transmitting verticalbearing loads the value is

D frac14 g T R

T thorn Rethk NTHORN

For mechanical coupling devices suitable for centre axle trailers thevalue is

Dc frac14 g T C

T thorn Cethk NTHORN

For fifth wheel couplings on towing tractors and vehicles ofcomparable type the value is

D frac14 g 0 6 T R

T thorn R Uethk NTHORN

where

T = technically permissible maximum mass in tonnes of the towingvehicle (also towing tractors) including if necessary thevertical load of a centre axle trailer

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 7

R = technically permissible maximum mass in tonnes of the fulltrailer with drawbar free to move in the vertical plane or ofthe semi-trailer

C = sum of the axle loads of the centre axle trailer carryingmaximum permissible load in tonnes (see Section 2120)

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in tonnes

S = the static vertical load S in kg is the proportion of the mass ofthe centre axle trailer exerted under static conditions at thecoupling point

g = acceleration due to gravity (assumed as 981 ms2)

2119 The lsquoV-valuersquo is defined as the theoretical reference force for theamplitude of the vertical force between towing vehicle and centreaxle trailers having a maximum mass exceeding 35 tonnes (seeSection 2121) The V-value is taken as a basis for the vertical testloads in the dynamic tests

V frac14 a X2

l2 C

where

a is an equivalent vertical acceleration in the coupling pointdependent on the kind of suspension on the rear axle(s) ofthe towing vehicle including a constant factor

a1 = 18 ms2 for vehicles with air suspension or equivalent(as defined in Directive 853EEC) (1)

a2 = 24 ms2 for vehicles with other suspension

x is the length of the loading area of the trailer in metres (seeFigure 1)

l is the theoretical drawbar length ie the distance between thecentre of the drawbar eye and the centre of the axle assemblyin metres (see Figure 1)

x2

l2 = ge 10 (where the result is a value less than 10 the value usedshould be at least 1)

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 8

(1) OJ No L 2 3 1 1985 p 14

2120 lsquoCentre-axle trailerrsquo means a towed vehicle equipped with a towingdevice which cannot move vertically (in relation to the trailer) and inwhich the axle(s) is (are) positioned close to the centre of gravity ofthe vehicle (when uniformly loaded) such that only a small verticalload not exceeding 10 of the maximum mass of the trailer of1 000 kg (whichever is the lesser) is transmitted to the drawingvehicle

The maximum mass of a centre-axle trailer to be taken into consid-eration shall be the mass transmitted to the ground by the axle(s) ofthe centre-axle trailer when coupled to the drawing vehicle and ladenwith a maximum load

2121 For vehicles not falling clearly in any of the above categories theyshall be treated in the same way as the type they most closelyresemble

2122 lsquoVehicle typersquo means vehicles which do not differ with respect to thefollowing main characteristics the structure dimensions shape andmaterials of the relevant parts concerning the fixing of the couplingdevice of the towing vehicle or the front part in the case of a trailerin so far as they have a bearing on the requirements of Annex VII

3 EEC TYPE-APPROVAL FOR A COMPONENT

31 Application for EEC type-approval

311 The application for EEC type-approval pursuant to Article 3 (4) ofDirective 70156EEC of a type of a mechanical coupling device shallbe submitted by the manufacturer

312 A model for the information document is given in Annex III

313 The following must be submitted to the technical service responsiblefor conducting the type-approval tests

3131 a mechanical coupling device representative for this type whichshould be normally unpainted The technical service or approvalauthorities may also request additional coupling devices

3132 the technical service which performs type-approval testing may alsorequest specific parts such as mounting plates or towing bracketsadditional drawings or samples of materials used

3133 in the case of a mechanical coupling device designed for a specificvehicle type the manufacturer of the coupling device shall alsosubmit the installation data supplied by the vehicle manufacturer inaccordance with Directive 9221EEC (1) the technical service mayrequest that a vehicle representative of that type also be submitted

32 Marking of specimen

321 Each of the specimens of the particular type of coupling device inSection 311 for which an application for EEC component typeapproval has been submitted must be marked as follows

322 factory mark trade name or manufacturers name (and trade mark ifappropriate)

323 type and if applicable version

324 a sufficiently large space for the EEC approval mark and the addi-tional information according to Section 334

33 Granting of EEC type-approval

331 If the relevant requirements are satisfied EEC type-approval pursuantto Article 4 (3) and if applicable Article 4 (4) of Directive 70156EEC shall be granted

332 A model for the EEC type-approval certificate is given in Annex IV

333 An approval number in accordance with Annex VII to Directive70156EEC shall be assigned to each type of mechanical couplingdevice approved The same Member State may not assign the samenumber to another type of a mechanical coupling device

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 9

(1) OJ No L 129 14 5 1992 p 1

334 There shall be affixed conspicuously and in a readily accessible placespecified on the approval form to every mechanical coupling deviceconforming to a type of mechanical coupling device approved underthis Directive an international approval mark consisting of

1 for the Federal Republic of Germany

2 for France

3 for Italy

4 for The Netherlands

6 for Belgium

A1

7 for Hungary

8 for the Czech

B

9 for Spain

11 for the United Kingdom

13 for Luxembourg

18 for Denmark

M1

19 for Romania

A1

20 for Poland

B

21 for Portugal

A1

26 for Slovenia

27 for Slovakia

29 for Estonia

32 for Latvia

M1

34 for Bulgaria

A1

36 for Lithuania

CY for Cyprus

MT for Malta

B

IRL for Ireland

EL for Greece

3341 A rectangle surrounding the letter lsquoersquo followed by the distinguishingnumber of the country which has granted approval

3342 A two-digit number indicating the number of the latest amendmentof the Directive (for this Directive the number is 00) and Section 4 ofthe type-aproval number as given on the EEC type-approval certi-ficate (see Annex IV) near to the rectangle of the approval mark

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 10

3343 The following supplementary marks placed anywhere close to therectangle

mdash class of coupling device

mdash permissible values for D S V and U where applicable

335 The approval mark shall be indelible and clearly legible even whenthe coupling device is attached to the vehicle

336 Annex II to this Directive gives examples of the arrangement of theapproval mark

34 Modification of the type of mechanical coupling device andextension of EEC component type-approval

341 In the case of modification of a type approved pursuant to thisDirective the provisions of Article 5 of Directive 70156EEC shallapply

4 EEC TYPE-APPROVAL FOR A VEHICLE

41 Application for EEC type-approval

411 The application for EEC type-approval pursuant to Article 3 (4) ofDirective 70156EEC of a vehicle type with regard to its type of amechanical coupling device shall be submitted by the manufacturer

412 A model for the information document is given in Annex VIII

413 The following must be submitted to the technical service responsiblefor conducting the type-approval tests

4131 a vehicle representative for this type which may be equipped with anEEC type-approved coupling device

4132 when the vehicle type is provided with a mechanical coupling deviceas first equipment by the vehicle manufacturer type(s) of mechanicalcoupling device(s) including its (their) mounting plate(s) or towingbracket(s) if any furthermore the EEC type-approval for the couplingdevice(s) shall be made available

42 Granting of EEC type-approval

421 If the relevant requirements are satisfied EEC type-approval pursuantto Article 4 (3) and (4) of Directive 70156EEC shall be granted

422 A model for the EEC type-approval certificate is given in Annex IX

423 An approval number in accordance with Annex VII to Directive70156EEC shall be assigned to each type of vehicle approvedThe same Member State shall not assign the same number toanother type of vehicle

43 Modification of the type of vehicle and extension of EEC vehicletype-approval

431 In the case of modification of a type-approval pursuant to thisDirective the provisions of Article 5 of Directive 70156EEC shallapply

432 The holder of an EEC vehicle type-approval can apply for it to beextended to other types or classes of coupling devices

The competent authorities will grant such an extension on thefollowing conditions

4321 EEC component type-approval has already been granted for the othertype of coupling device

4322 it is suitable for the type of vehicle for which the extension of theEEC vehicle type-approval has been applied for

4323 the attachment of the coupling device to the vehicle corresponds tothat proposed for the granting of EEC component type-approval

433 In the case of standard coupling devices in classes A C D and GEEC vehicle type-approval is also valid for other coupling devices ofthe same class without the need for a further mounting check andextension of EEC vehicle type-approval

B

1994L0020 mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001 mdash 11

5 REQUIREMENTS

51 The mechanical coupling devices between motor vehicles and trailersmust be manufactured and attached in accordance with good engi-neering practice and must be safe to operate

52 Safe coupling and uncoupling of the vehicles must be possible by asingle person without the use of tools Only automatic couplingdevices which allow an automatic coupling procedure shall beemployed for the coupling of trailers having a maximum mass ofmore than 35 tonnes

53 The mechanical coupling devices shall be so designed and manu-factured that in normal use with proper maintenance and thetimely replacement of wearing parts they will continue to functionsatisfactorily

54 Every coupling device must be accompanied by installation andoperating instructions giving sufficient information for a competentperson to install it on the vehicle and operate it properly Theinstructions must be in the language or languages of the MemberState in which the coupling device will be offered for sale In thecase of coupling devices supplied for assembly-line use by vehiclebuilders or bodybuilders the provisions of installation and operatinginstructions for each coupling device can be dispensed with It is thenthe responsibility of the vehicle builder or bodybuilder to ensure thatthe vehicle operator is provided with the information necessary foroperating the coupling device

55 The materials that may be used are those for which the propertiesrelevant to the application are laid down in a standard or those forwhich the properties are given in the documentation according toSection 312 of this Annex

56 All parts of the mechanical coupling devices whose failure couldresult in separation of the two vehicles must be made of steelOther materials may be used provided equivalence has been demon-strated by the manufacturer to the satisfaction of the TechnicalService

57 All couplings must be designed for positive mechanical engagementand the closed position must be secured at least once by positivemechanical engagement unless further requirements are stated inAnnex V

58 The mechanical coupling devices must satisfy the requirements ofAnnex V

59 Loading requirements

591 Mechanical coupling devices are subject to the tests described inAnnex VI

592 These tests must not cause any cracks fractures or other visibleexternal damage or any excessive permanent distortion whichwould be detrimental to the satisfactory operation of the device

510 The installation of the mechanical coupling devices to the vehiclemust be checked according to the requirements given in AnnexVII This requirement should apply to both EEC type-approval of avehicle when the vehicle type is provided with a mechanicalcoupling device as first equipment by the vehicle manufacturer andEEC type-approval of a mechanical coupling device designed for aspecific vehicle type

511 The abovementioned requirements and those of Annexes V VI andVII are also applicable as relevant to miscellaneous coupling devices(Class S)

6 CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION

61 As a general rule measures to ensure the conformity of productionshall be taken in accordance with the provisions laid down in Article10 of Directive 70156EEC

62 The normal frequency of inspections to be carried out by thecompetent authority shall be one per year

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 12

ANNEX II

(a) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar coupling of Class C 50-X with a maximum permittedD value of 130 kN a maximum permitted Dc value of 90 kN a maximumpermitted static vertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permittedV-value of 35 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted inthe Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0207 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(b) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar eye

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar eye 50 of Class D 50-X for welding attachment havinga D value of 130 kN a Dc value of 100 kN a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of50 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1934 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 13

(c) Specimen EEC approval mark for a fifth wheel coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling of Class G 50-X having a maximumpermitted D value of 180 kN and a maximum permitted fifth wheel loadof 26 tonnes for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0015 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(d) Specimen EEC approval marking for a fifth wheel coupling pin

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling pin of Class H 50-X having a D value of162 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in the FederalRepublic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1989 The first two digits 00indicate that this component was approved according to the original form ofthis Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 14

(e) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling ball and towingbrackets

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling ball and towing brackets of Class A 50-X having amaximum permitted D value of 18 kN and a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EEC component type-approvalwas granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number0304 The first two digits 00 indicate that this component was approvedaccordintg to the original form to this Directive

(f) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling head

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling head of Class B 50-X having a D value of 18 kN anda maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EECcomponent type-approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e1) under the number 1993 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 15

(g) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is adrawbar for a centre-axle trailer of Class E with a maximum permitted Dvalue of 109 kN a maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of 50 kN for which EECcomponent type approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany(e 1) under the number 0013 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 16

ANNEX III

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 17

ANNEX IV

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 18

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 19

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 20

ANNEX V

Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

1 COUPLING BALLS AND TOWING BRACKETS

The requirements stated in 11 to 14 are applicable to all coupling ballsand towing brackets of Class A Section 15 lists additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard coupling balls 50 and flange typetowing brackets

11 Coupling balls of Class A must conform to Figure 2 in shape anddimensions

12 The shape and the dimensions of the towing brackets have to meet therequirements of the vehicle manufacturer concerning the attachmentpoints and additional mounting devices if necessary

13 In the case of removable coupling balls the point of connection and theirlocking must be designed for positive mechanical engagement

14 Coupling balls and towing devices must be able to satisfy the tests laiddown in Annex VI Section 41

15 Special requirements for standard coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets of Classes A 50-1 A 50-2 and A 50-3

151 Dimensions of Class A 50-1 coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets must be as given in Figure 3 and Table 1 The clearancespace for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30 must berespected

152 Dimensions of Class A 50-2 and Class A 50-3 coupling balls and flangetype towing brackets must be as given in Figure 4 and Table 1 Theclearance space for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30must be respected

153 Coupling balls and flange type towing brackets of the Classes A 50-1 A50-2 and A 50-3 must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 2

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 21

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 22

TABLE 1

Dimensions of standard ball couplings and flange type towingrackets (mm)

(see Figures 3 and 4)

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3 Remarks

e1 90 83 120 plusmn05

e2 mdash 56 55 plusmn05

d2 17 105 15 H13

f 130 110 155 +6-0

g 50 85 90 +6-0

c 15 15 15 maximum

l 55 110 120 plusmn5

h 70 80 80 plusmn5

TABLE 2

Characteristic values for standard ball couplings and flange typetowing brackets

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3

D 17 20 30

S 120 120 120

D = maximum D-value (kN)S = maximum static vertical load (kg)

2 COUPLING HEADS

21 Coupling heads of Class B 50 must be designed so that they can beused safely with the coupling balls described in Section 1 of this Annexand thereby retain the prescribed characteristics

Coupling heads must be designed in such a way that safe coupling isensured also taking into account the wear of the coupling devices

22 Coupling heads must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in Annex VISection 42

23 Any additional device (e g braking stabilizer etc) shall not have anyadverse effect on the mechanical connection

24 Horizontal rotation of the coupling head at least 90deg to either side of thecentreline of the coupling ball and mounting described in Section 1 ofthis Annex when not attached to the vehicle must be possible Simulta-neously there must be an angle of free vertical movement 20deg above andbelow the horizontal Also in conjunction with the horizontal angel ofrotation of 90deg it must be possible for there to be 25deg of roll in bothdirections about the horizontal axis The following combinations ofmotions must be possible

mdash vertical pitch plusmn 15deg with acial roll plusmn 25deg

mdash axial roll plusmn 10deg with vertical pitch plusmn 20deg

at all angles of horizontal rotation

3 DRAWBAR COUPLINGS

The requirements of Sections 31 to 38 are applicable to all drawbarcouplings of Class C 50 Section 39 lists the additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard drawbar couplings of Classes C 50-1 to C 50-6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 23

31 Load requirements

All drawbar couplings shall be able to satisfy the tests stated in AnnexVI Section 43

32 Suitable drawbar eyes

Class C 50 drawbar couplings shall be compatible with all Class D 50drawbar eyes and coupling with the specified characteristics

33 Automatic operation

Drawbar couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

34 Jaw

Class C 50 drawbar couplings must have a jaw which is designed suchthat the appropriate drawbar eyes is guided into the coupling

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the vertical axisit must establish itself automatically in the normal position and with thecoupling pin open be effectively restrained in this position to givesatisfactory guidance for the drawbar eye during the coupling procedure

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the transverseaxis the joint providing the rotation capability must be restrained in itsnormal position by a locking torque This torque must be sufficient toprevent a force of 200 N acting vertically upwards on the top of the jawproducing any deflection of the joint from its normal position It mustbe possible to bring the jaw to its normal position manually A jaw thatpivots about the transverse axis is only approved for vertical bearingloads S of up to 50 kg and a V-value of up to 5 kN

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw is pivoted about the longitudinalaxis the rotation must be restrained by a locking torque of at least100 Nm

The minimum required size of the jaw depends on the D value of thecoupling

D-value le 18 kN width 150 mm height 100 mm

18 kN lt D-value le 25 kN width 280 mm height 170 mm

25 kN lt D-value width 360 mm height 200 mm

The external corners of the jaw may be radiused

Smaller jaws are permitted for Class C 50-X drawbar coupling if theiruse is restricted to centre-axle trailers up to 35 tonnes maximumpermissible mass or if the use of a jaw from the above table isimpossible due to technical reasons and if furthermore there arespecial circumstances such as visual aids for ensuring safe executionof the automatic coupling procedure and if the field of application isrestricted in the approval according to Annex III

35 Minimum freedom of movement of the coupled drawbar eye

The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate horizontally plusmn 90deg aboutthe vertical axis from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (see Figure 5)The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate vertically plusmn 20deg aboutthe transverse axis from the horizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure6) If the motion is provided by a special joint (only on Class C 50-Xdrawbar couplings) the field of application given in the approvalaccording to Annex III must be restricted to the cases stated inAnnex VII Section 237 It must be possible for the coupled drawbareye to be rotated axially plusmn 25deg about the longitudinal axis from thehorizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure 7)

The stated angles of rotation are applicable to drawbar couplings notattached to the vehicle

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 24

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 2: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

DIRECTIVE 9420EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENTAND OF THE COUNCIL

of 30 May 1994

relating to the mechanical coupling devices of motor vehicles andtheir trailers and their attachment to those vehicles

THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL OF THEEUROPEAN UNION

Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community andin particular Article 100a thereof

Having regard to the proposal from the Commission (1)

Having regard of the opinion of the Economic and Social Committee(2)

Acting in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 189b ofthe Treaty (3)

Whereas the internal market comprises an area without internal frontiersin which the free movement of goods persons services and capital isensured whereas it is important to adopt measures to that end

Whereas the technical requirements which motor vehicles and theirtrailers must satisfy pursuant to national laws relate inter alia to themechanical couplings of such vehicles

Whereas these requirements differ from one Member State to anotherwhereas it is therefore necessary that all Member States adopt the samerequirements either in addition to or in place of their existing rules inorder to allow in particular the EEC type-approval procedure whichwas the subject of Council Directive 70156EC of 6 February 1970 onthe approximation of the laws of Member States relating to the type-approval of motor vehicles and their trailers (4) to be implemented

Whereas this Directive will be one of the separate directives of the EECtype-approval procedure which has been established by Directive70156EEC whereas consequently the provisions laid down inDirective 70156EEC relating to vehicle systems components andseparate technical units shall apply to this Directive

Whereas with the view of improving road safety and facilitating theinterchangeability of motor vehicles and trailers in international trafficit is considered important that all kinds of vehicles forming a road trainor being an articulated vehicle shall be equipped with standardized andharmonized mechanical coupling systems

Whereas it is desirable to follow the technical requirements of the ECE(Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations) RegulationNo 55 relating to the uniform provisions concerning mechanicalcoupling components of combinations of vehicles whereas RegulationNo 55 is annexed to the Agreement of 20 March 1958 concerning theadoption of uniform conditions of approval and reciprocal recognition ofapproval for motor vehicle equipment and parts

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 2

(1) OJ No C 134 25 5 1992 p 36(2) OJ No C 313 30 11 1992 p 10(3) Opinion of the European Parliament of 29 October 1992 (OJ No C 305 23

11 1992 p 115) Council common position of 27 September 1993 (not yetpublished in the Official Journal) Decision of the European Parliament of 9March 1994 (not yet published in the Official Journal)

(4) OJ No L 42 23 2 1970 p 1 Direcitve as last amended by Directive 9253EEC (OJ No L 225 10 8 1992 p 1)

Whereas mainly international standards (ISO) have been taken intoconsideration for uniform dimensions of mechanical coupling systemsto ensure interchangeability of the individual vehicles forming roadtrains or articulated vehicles and to guarantee free movement ofgoods the Member States

HAVE ADOPTED THIS DIRECTIVE

Article 1

For the purpose of this Directive

mdash lsquovehiclersquo means any motor vehicle as defined in Article 2 ofDirective 70156EEC intended for use on the road beingcomplete or incomplete having at least four wheels and amaximum design speed exceeding 25 kmh and its trailers withthe exception of vehicles which run on rails and of agriculturaland forestry tractors and all mobile machinery

mdash lsquomechanical coupling typersquo means a mechanical coupling device forwhich type-approval of a component within the meaning of Article 2of Directive 70156EEC may be granted

Article 2

Member States may not refuse

mdash EEC type-approval or national type-approval for a vehicle or refuseor prohibit the sale registration entry into service or use of avehicle on grounds relating to its optional equipment withmechanical coupling devices

mdash EEC component type-approval or national component type-approvalfor a mechanical coupling or prohibit the sale or use of amechanical coupling device

if the requirements of the Annexes are satisfied

Article 3

Member States shall adopt and publish the laws regulations and admin-istrative provisions necessary to comply with this Directive within 18months of the date of its adoption They shall forthwith inform theCommission thereof

When Member States adopt these measures they shall contain areference to this Directive or shall be accompanied by such referenceon the occasion of their official publication The method of making sucha reference shall be laid down by the Member States

They shall apply these provisions 18 months following the date ofadoption of this Directive

Article 4

This Directive is addressed to the Member States

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 3

LIST OF ANNEXES

ANNEX I Scope definition application and granting of EECtype-approval extension of approval conformity ofproduction

ANNEX II Example of an EEC approval marking

ANNEX III Information document for type-approved mechanicalcoupling devices

ANNEX IV EEC type-approval certificate for mechanical couplingdevices

ANNEX V Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

ANNEX VI Testing of mechanical coupling devices

ANNEX VII Requirements for the attachment of mechanicalcoupling devices to vehicles

ANNEX VIII Information document for type-approved vehicles

ANNEX IX EEC type-approval certificate for vehicles

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 4

ANNEX I

1 Scope

11 This Directive applies to the mechanical coupling devices for motorvehicles and their trailers and the attachment of these devices to theroad vehicles as described in Article 1 of this Directive

12 This Directive states the requirements which mechanical couplingdevices intended for use between combinations of vehicles mustsatisfy in order to

mdash ensure compatibility when combining motor vehicles withdifferent types of trailer

mdash ensure the safe coupling together of the vehicles under allconditions of use

mdash ensure safe procedures for coupling and uncoupling

13 The coupling devices are classified according to type and distin-guishing between

mdash standard coupling devices (see Section 2111)

mdash non-standard coupling devices (see Section 2112)

The classification is as follows

131 Class A Coupling balls and towing brackets(see Annex V Section 1)

1311 Class A 50-1 to A 50-3 Standard coupling balls 50 and flangetype towing brackets

1312 Class A 50-X Non-standard coupling balls 50 andtowing brackets

132 Class B Coupling heads (see Annex V Section2)

1321 Class B 50-X Non-Standard coupling heads 50

133 Class C Automatic drawbar couplings

1331 Class C 50 Drawbar couplings 50

Class C 50-1 to C 50-6 Standard drawbar couplings 50 (seeAnnex V Section 3 Tables 3 and 4)

1332 Class C 50-X Non-standard drawbar couplings 50

134 Class D Drawbar eyes

1341 Class D 50 Drawbar eyes 50

Class D 50-A Standard drawbar eyes D 50 forwelding attachment (see Annex VFigure 9 Table 5)

Class D 50-B Standard drawbar eyes 50 for screwingattachment (see Annex V Figure 10Table 5)

Class D 50-C Standard drawbar eyes D 50-C 1 forbolting attachment (see Annex VFigures 11 and 12 Table 5)

1342 Class D 50-X Non-Standard drawbar eyes 50 (seeAnnex V Figure 9)

135 Class E Non-standard drawbars

136 Class F Non-standard drawbeams

137 Class G Fifth wheel couplings

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 5

1371 Class G 50 Standard fifth wheel couplings 50 (seeAnnex V Figure 15 Table 7)

1372 Class G 50-X Non-standard fifth wheel couplings 50

138 Class H Fifth wheel coupling pins

1381 Class H 50-X Non-standard fifth wheel coupling pins50

139 Class J Non-standard mounting plates

1310 Class S Non-standard miscellaneous couplingdevices

2 DEFINITIONS

21 Mechanical coupling devices between motor vehicles and trailers areall parts and devices on the frames load-bearing parts of thebodywork and chassis of the vehicles by means of which towingand towed vehicles are connected together

It also includes fixed or detachable parts for the attachmentadjustment or operation of the abovementioned coupling devices

211 The coupling balls and towing brackets in Section 131 aremechanical coupling devices employing a spherical device andbrackets on the towing vehicle for connecting to the trailer bymeans of a coupling head

212 The coupling heads in Section 132 are mechanical coupling deviceson the drawbar of trailers for connecting to a coupling ball on thetowing vehicle

213 The drawbar couplings in Section 133 are mechanical couplingdevices with a jaw and an automatic closing and locking pin onthe towing vehicle for connecting to the trailer by means of adrawbar eye

214 The drawbar eyes in Section 134 are mechanical coupling deviceson the drawbar of trailers having a parallel hole for connecting to theautomatic drawbar couplings

215 The drawbars in Section 135 comprise overrun devices and similaritems of equipment mounted on the front of the towed vehicle or tothe vehicle chassis which is suitable for coupling to a towing vehicleby means of drawbar eyes coupling heads and similar couplingdevices

Drawbars can be attached to the trailer so as to move freely in thevertical plane and therefore support no vertical load so called hingeddrawbars or be fixed in the vertical plane so as to support a verticalload so called rigid drawbars Drawbars fixed in the vertical planecan be either rigid or sprung

Drawbars may also comprise more than one component be adjustableor cranked This Directive concerns drawbars only of the type whichforms a separate unit which is not part of the chassis of the towedvehicle

216 The drawbeams in Section 136 are all parts and devices placedbetween the coupling devices such as coupling balls and drawbarcouplings and the frame (eg rear cross member) the load-bearingbodywork or the chassis of the towing vehicle

217 The fifth wheel coupling in Section 137 are plate-like couplingdevices used on towing vehicles having an automatic coupling lockand connecting to the fifth wheel coupling pins in Section 138

218 The fifth wheel coupling pins in Section 138 are a coupling devicein the form of a pin for mounting on a semi-trailer and connecting tothe towing vehicle by means of a fifth wheel coupling

219 The mounting plates in Section 139 are all parts and devices usedfor attaching fifth wheel couplings to the frame of the towing vehicleThe mounting plate may have provision to move horizontally (iesliding fifth wheel)

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 6

2110 Steering wedges are components mounted on semi-trailers whichcontrol positive steering of the trailer in conjunction with the fifthwheel coupling

2111 Standard coupling devices are classified in Section 13 and conformto standard dimensions and standard characteristic values as given inthis Directive They are interchangeable within their class inde-pendent of type and manufacturer

2112 Non-standard coupling devices are those of Classes A to J which donot fall under the classification of standard coupling devices butwhich can be connected to standard coupling devices of therelevant classes

2113 The miscellaneous coupling devices for transitional or exceptional usein Section 1310 are mechanical coupling devices which do notbelong to any of the Classes A to J (eg coupling devicesaccording to existing national standards or for heavy transport)

2114 Remote control devices are devices which in the case of an inac-cessible coupling device enable the coupling device to be operatedfrom the side of the vehicle or from the driving cab

2115 Remote indicators are indicating devices which indicate to the vehicledriver in his cab that coupling has been effected and the safetydevices have engaged

2116 A type of mechanical coupling device means a device which does notdiffer in such essential aspects as

21161 class of coupling device

21162 factory mark or trade name

21163 external shape or principal dimensions or other fundamentaldifferences in design

21164 characteristic values D S V and U

2117 A coupling procedure is automatic if reversing the towing vehicleagainst the trailer is sufficient to engage the coupling completelyand properly without any external intervention to secure it automa-tically and to indicate proper engagement of the safety devices Anautomatic coupling procedure requires the use of automatic couplings

2118 The lsquoD-valuersquo is defined as the theoretical reference force for thehorizontal force between towing vehicle and trailer

The D-value is taken as the basis for horizontal loads in the dynamictests

For mechanical coupling devices unsuitable for transmitting verticalbearing loads the value is

D frac14 g T R

T thorn Rethk NTHORN

For mechanical coupling devices suitable for centre axle trailers thevalue is

Dc frac14 g T C

T thorn Cethk NTHORN

For fifth wheel couplings on towing tractors and vehicles ofcomparable type the value is

D frac14 g 0 6 T R

T thorn R Uethk NTHORN

where

T = technically permissible maximum mass in tonnes of the towingvehicle (also towing tractors) including if necessary thevertical load of a centre axle trailer

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 7

R = technically permissible maximum mass in tonnes of the fulltrailer with drawbar free to move in the vertical plane or ofthe semi-trailer

C = sum of the axle loads of the centre axle trailer carryingmaximum permissible load in tonnes (see Section 2120)

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in tonnes

S = the static vertical load S in kg is the proportion of the mass ofthe centre axle trailer exerted under static conditions at thecoupling point

g = acceleration due to gravity (assumed as 981 ms2)

2119 The lsquoV-valuersquo is defined as the theoretical reference force for theamplitude of the vertical force between towing vehicle and centreaxle trailers having a maximum mass exceeding 35 tonnes (seeSection 2121) The V-value is taken as a basis for the vertical testloads in the dynamic tests

V frac14 a X2

l2 C

where

a is an equivalent vertical acceleration in the coupling pointdependent on the kind of suspension on the rear axle(s) ofthe towing vehicle including a constant factor

a1 = 18 ms2 for vehicles with air suspension or equivalent(as defined in Directive 853EEC) (1)

a2 = 24 ms2 for vehicles with other suspension

x is the length of the loading area of the trailer in metres (seeFigure 1)

l is the theoretical drawbar length ie the distance between thecentre of the drawbar eye and the centre of the axle assemblyin metres (see Figure 1)

x2

l2 = ge 10 (where the result is a value less than 10 the value usedshould be at least 1)

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 8

(1) OJ No L 2 3 1 1985 p 14

2120 lsquoCentre-axle trailerrsquo means a towed vehicle equipped with a towingdevice which cannot move vertically (in relation to the trailer) and inwhich the axle(s) is (are) positioned close to the centre of gravity ofthe vehicle (when uniformly loaded) such that only a small verticalload not exceeding 10 of the maximum mass of the trailer of1 000 kg (whichever is the lesser) is transmitted to the drawingvehicle

The maximum mass of a centre-axle trailer to be taken into consid-eration shall be the mass transmitted to the ground by the axle(s) ofthe centre-axle trailer when coupled to the drawing vehicle and ladenwith a maximum load

2121 For vehicles not falling clearly in any of the above categories theyshall be treated in the same way as the type they most closelyresemble

2122 lsquoVehicle typersquo means vehicles which do not differ with respect to thefollowing main characteristics the structure dimensions shape andmaterials of the relevant parts concerning the fixing of the couplingdevice of the towing vehicle or the front part in the case of a trailerin so far as they have a bearing on the requirements of Annex VII

3 EEC TYPE-APPROVAL FOR A COMPONENT

31 Application for EEC type-approval

311 The application for EEC type-approval pursuant to Article 3 (4) ofDirective 70156EEC of a type of a mechanical coupling device shallbe submitted by the manufacturer

312 A model for the information document is given in Annex III

313 The following must be submitted to the technical service responsiblefor conducting the type-approval tests

3131 a mechanical coupling device representative for this type whichshould be normally unpainted The technical service or approvalauthorities may also request additional coupling devices

3132 the technical service which performs type-approval testing may alsorequest specific parts such as mounting plates or towing bracketsadditional drawings or samples of materials used

3133 in the case of a mechanical coupling device designed for a specificvehicle type the manufacturer of the coupling device shall alsosubmit the installation data supplied by the vehicle manufacturer inaccordance with Directive 9221EEC (1) the technical service mayrequest that a vehicle representative of that type also be submitted

32 Marking of specimen

321 Each of the specimens of the particular type of coupling device inSection 311 for which an application for EEC component typeapproval has been submitted must be marked as follows

322 factory mark trade name or manufacturers name (and trade mark ifappropriate)

323 type and if applicable version

324 a sufficiently large space for the EEC approval mark and the addi-tional information according to Section 334

33 Granting of EEC type-approval

331 If the relevant requirements are satisfied EEC type-approval pursuantto Article 4 (3) and if applicable Article 4 (4) of Directive 70156EEC shall be granted

332 A model for the EEC type-approval certificate is given in Annex IV

333 An approval number in accordance with Annex VII to Directive70156EEC shall be assigned to each type of mechanical couplingdevice approved The same Member State may not assign the samenumber to another type of a mechanical coupling device

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 9

(1) OJ No L 129 14 5 1992 p 1

334 There shall be affixed conspicuously and in a readily accessible placespecified on the approval form to every mechanical coupling deviceconforming to a type of mechanical coupling device approved underthis Directive an international approval mark consisting of

1 for the Federal Republic of Germany

2 for France

3 for Italy

4 for The Netherlands

6 for Belgium

A1

7 for Hungary

8 for the Czech

B

9 for Spain

11 for the United Kingdom

13 for Luxembourg

18 for Denmark

M1

19 for Romania

A1

20 for Poland

B

21 for Portugal

A1

26 for Slovenia

27 for Slovakia

29 for Estonia

32 for Latvia

M1

34 for Bulgaria

A1

36 for Lithuania

CY for Cyprus

MT for Malta

B

IRL for Ireland

EL for Greece

3341 A rectangle surrounding the letter lsquoersquo followed by the distinguishingnumber of the country which has granted approval

3342 A two-digit number indicating the number of the latest amendmentof the Directive (for this Directive the number is 00) and Section 4 ofthe type-aproval number as given on the EEC type-approval certi-ficate (see Annex IV) near to the rectangle of the approval mark

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 10

3343 The following supplementary marks placed anywhere close to therectangle

mdash class of coupling device

mdash permissible values for D S V and U where applicable

335 The approval mark shall be indelible and clearly legible even whenthe coupling device is attached to the vehicle

336 Annex II to this Directive gives examples of the arrangement of theapproval mark

34 Modification of the type of mechanical coupling device andextension of EEC component type-approval

341 In the case of modification of a type approved pursuant to thisDirective the provisions of Article 5 of Directive 70156EEC shallapply

4 EEC TYPE-APPROVAL FOR A VEHICLE

41 Application for EEC type-approval

411 The application for EEC type-approval pursuant to Article 3 (4) ofDirective 70156EEC of a vehicle type with regard to its type of amechanical coupling device shall be submitted by the manufacturer

412 A model for the information document is given in Annex VIII

413 The following must be submitted to the technical service responsiblefor conducting the type-approval tests

4131 a vehicle representative for this type which may be equipped with anEEC type-approved coupling device

4132 when the vehicle type is provided with a mechanical coupling deviceas first equipment by the vehicle manufacturer type(s) of mechanicalcoupling device(s) including its (their) mounting plate(s) or towingbracket(s) if any furthermore the EEC type-approval for the couplingdevice(s) shall be made available

42 Granting of EEC type-approval

421 If the relevant requirements are satisfied EEC type-approval pursuantto Article 4 (3) and (4) of Directive 70156EEC shall be granted

422 A model for the EEC type-approval certificate is given in Annex IX

423 An approval number in accordance with Annex VII to Directive70156EEC shall be assigned to each type of vehicle approvedThe same Member State shall not assign the same number toanother type of vehicle

43 Modification of the type of vehicle and extension of EEC vehicletype-approval

431 In the case of modification of a type-approval pursuant to thisDirective the provisions of Article 5 of Directive 70156EEC shallapply

432 The holder of an EEC vehicle type-approval can apply for it to beextended to other types or classes of coupling devices

The competent authorities will grant such an extension on thefollowing conditions

4321 EEC component type-approval has already been granted for the othertype of coupling device

4322 it is suitable for the type of vehicle for which the extension of theEEC vehicle type-approval has been applied for

4323 the attachment of the coupling device to the vehicle corresponds tothat proposed for the granting of EEC component type-approval

433 In the case of standard coupling devices in classes A C D and GEEC vehicle type-approval is also valid for other coupling devices ofthe same class without the need for a further mounting check andextension of EEC vehicle type-approval

B

1994L0020 mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001 mdash 11

5 REQUIREMENTS

51 The mechanical coupling devices between motor vehicles and trailersmust be manufactured and attached in accordance with good engi-neering practice and must be safe to operate

52 Safe coupling and uncoupling of the vehicles must be possible by asingle person without the use of tools Only automatic couplingdevices which allow an automatic coupling procedure shall beemployed for the coupling of trailers having a maximum mass ofmore than 35 tonnes

53 The mechanical coupling devices shall be so designed and manu-factured that in normal use with proper maintenance and thetimely replacement of wearing parts they will continue to functionsatisfactorily

54 Every coupling device must be accompanied by installation andoperating instructions giving sufficient information for a competentperson to install it on the vehicle and operate it properly Theinstructions must be in the language or languages of the MemberState in which the coupling device will be offered for sale In thecase of coupling devices supplied for assembly-line use by vehiclebuilders or bodybuilders the provisions of installation and operatinginstructions for each coupling device can be dispensed with It is thenthe responsibility of the vehicle builder or bodybuilder to ensure thatthe vehicle operator is provided with the information necessary foroperating the coupling device

55 The materials that may be used are those for which the propertiesrelevant to the application are laid down in a standard or those forwhich the properties are given in the documentation according toSection 312 of this Annex

56 All parts of the mechanical coupling devices whose failure couldresult in separation of the two vehicles must be made of steelOther materials may be used provided equivalence has been demon-strated by the manufacturer to the satisfaction of the TechnicalService

57 All couplings must be designed for positive mechanical engagementand the closed position must be secured at least once by positivemechanical engagement unless further requirements are stated inAnnex V

58 The mechanical coupling devices must satisfy the requirements ofAnnex V

59 Loading requirements

591 Mechanical coupling devices are subject to the tests described inAnnex VI

592 These tests must not cause any cracks fractures or other visibleexternal damage or any excessive permanent distortion whichwould be detrimental to the satisfactory operation of the device

510 The installation of the mechanical coupling devices to the vehiclemust be checked according to the requirements given in AnnexVII This requirement should apply to both EEC type-approval of avehicle when the vehicle type is provided with a mechanicalcoupling device as first equipment by the vehicle manufacturer andEEC type-approval of a mechanical coupling device designed for aspecific vehicle type

511 The abovementioned requirements and those of Annexes V VI andVII are also applicable as relevant to miscellaneous coupling devices(Class S)

6 CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION

61 As a general rule measures to ensure the conformity of productionshall be taken in accordance with the provisions laid down in Article10 of Directive 70156EEC

62 The normal frequency of inspections to be carried out by thecompetent authority shall be one per year

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 12

ANNEX II

(a) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar coupling of Class C 50-X with a maximum permittedD value of 130 kN a maximum permitted Dc value of 90 kN a maximumpermitted static vertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permittedV-value of 35 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted inthe Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0207 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(b) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar eye

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar eye 50 of Class D 50-X for welding attachment havinga D value of 130 kN a Dc value of 100 kN a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of50 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1934 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 13

(c) Specimen EEC approval mark for a fifth wheel coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling of Class G 50-X having a maximumpermitted D value of 180 kN and a maximum permitted fifth wheel loadof 26 tonnes for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0015 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(d) Specimen EEC approval marking for a fifth wheel coupling pin

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling pin of Class H 50-X having a D value of162 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in the FederalRepublic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1989 The first two digits 00indicate that this component was approved according to the original form ofthis Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 14

(e) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling ball and towingbrackets

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling ball and towing brackets of Class A 50-X having amaximum permitted D value of 18 kN and a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EEC component type-approvalwas granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number0304 The first two digits 00 indicate that this component was approvedaccordintg to the original form to this Directive

(f) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling head

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling head of Class B 50-X having a D value of 18 kN anda maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EECcomponent type-approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e1) under the number 1993 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 15

(g) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is adrawbar for a centre-axle trailer of Class E with a maximum permitted Dvalue of 109 kN a maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of 50 kN for which EECcomponent type approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany(e 1) under the number 0013 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 16

ANNEX III

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 17

ANNEX IV

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 18

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 19

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 20

ANNEX V

Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

1 COUPLING BALLS AND TOWING BRACKETS

The requirements stated in 11 to 14 are applicable to all coupling ballsand towing brackets of Class A Section 15 lists additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard coupling balls 50 and flange typetowing brackets

11 Coupling balls of Class A must conform to Figure 2 in shape anddimensions

12 The shape and the dimensions of the towing brackets have to meet therequirements of the vehicle manufacturer concerning the attachmentpoints and additional mounting devices if necessary

13 In the case of removable coupling balls the point of connection and theirlocking must be designed for positive mechanical engagement

14 Coupling balls and towing devices must be able to satisfy the tests laiddown in Annex VI Section 41

15 Special requirements for standard coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets of Classes A 50-1 A 50-2 and A 50-3

151 Dimensions of Class A 50-1 coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets must be as given in Figure 3 and Table 1 The clearancespace for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30 must berespected

152 Dimensions of Class A 50-2 and Class A 50-3 coupling balls and flangetype towing brackets must be as given in Figure 4 and Table 1 Theclearance space for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30must be respected

153 Coupling balls and flange type towing brackets of the Classes A 50-1 A50-2 and A 50-3 must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 2

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 21

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 22

TABLE 1

Dimensions of standard ball couplings and flange type towingrackets (mm)

(see Figures 3 and 4)

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3 Remarks

e1 90 83 120 plusmn05

e2 mdash 56 55 plusmn05

d2 17 105 15 H13

f 130 110 155 +6-0

g 50 85 90 +6-0

c 15 15 15 maximum

l 55 110 120 plusmn5

h 70 80 80 plusmn5

TABLE 2

Characteristic values for standard ball couplings and flange typetowing brackets

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3

D 17 20 30

S 120 120 120

D = maximum D-value (kN)S = maximum static vertical load (kg)

2 COUPLING HEADS

21 Coupling heads of Class B 50 must be designed so that they can beused safely with the coupling balls described in Section 1 of this Annexand thereby retain the prescribed characteristics

Coupling heads must be designed in such a way that safe coupling isensured also taking into account the wear of the coupling devices

22 Coupling heads must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in Annex VISection 42

23 Any additional device (e g braking stabilizer etc) shall not have anyadverse effect on the mechanical connection

24 Horizontal rotation of the coupling head at least 90deg to either side of thecentreline of the coupling ball and mounting described in Section 1 ofthis Annex when not attached to the vehicle must be possible Simulta-neously there must be an angle of free vertical movement 20deg above andbelow the horizontal Also in conjunction with the horizontal angel ofrotation of 90deg it must be possible for there to be 25deg of roll in bothdirections about the horizontal axis The following combinations ofmotions must be possible

mdash vertical pitch plusmn 15deg with acial roll plusmn 25deg

mdash axial roll plusmn 10deg with vertical pitch plusmn 20deg

at all angles of horizontal rotation

3 DRAWBAR COUPLINGS

The requirements of Sections 31 to 38 are applicable to all drawbarcouplings of Class C 50 Section 39 lists the additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard drawbar couplings of Classes C 50-1 to C 50-6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 23

31 Load requirements

All drawbar couplings shall be able to satisfy the tests stated in AnnexVI Section 43

32 Suitable drawbar eyes

Class C 50 drawbar couplings shall be compatible with all Class D 50drawbar eyes and coupling with the specified characteristics

33 Automatic operation

Drawbar couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

34 Jaw

Class C 50 drawbar couplings must have a jaw which is designed suchthat the appropriate drawbar eyes is guided into the coupling

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the vertical axisit must establish itself automatically in the normal position and with thecoupling pin open be effectively restrained in this position to givesatisfactory guidance for the drawbar eye during the coupling procedure

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the transverseaxis the joint providing the rotation capability must be restrained in itsnormal position by a locking torque This torque must be sufficient toprevent a force of 200 N acting vertically upwards on the top of the jawproducing any deflection of the joint from its normal position It mustbe possible to bring the jaw to its normal position manually A jaw thatpivots about the transverse axis is only approved for vertical bearingloads S of up to 50 kg and a V-value of up to 5 kN

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw is pivoted about the longitudinalaxis the rotation must be restrained by a locking torque of at least100 Nm

The minimum required size of the jaw depends on the D value of thecoupling

D-value le 18 kN width 150 mm height 100 mm

18 kN lt D-value le 25 kN width 280 mm height 170 mm

25 kN lt D-value width 360 mm height 200 mm

The external corners of the jaw may be radiused

Smaller jaws are permitted for Class C 50-X drawbar coupling if theiruse is restricted to centre-axle trailers up to 35 tonnes maximumpermissible mass or if the use of a jaw from the above table isimpossible due to technical reasons and if furthermore there arespecial circumstances such as visual aids for ensuring safe executionof the automatic coupling procedure and if the field of application isrestricted in the approval according to Annex III

35 Minimum freedom of movement of the coupled drawbar eye

The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate horizontally plusmn 90deg aboutthe vertical axis from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (see Figure 5)The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate vertically plusmn 20deg aboutthe transverse axis from the horizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure6) If the motion is provided by a special joint (only on Class C 50-Xdrawbar couplings) the field of application given in the approvalaccording to Annex III must be restricted to the cases stated inAnnex VII Section 237 It must be possible for the coupled drawbareye to be rotated axially plusmn 25deg about the longitudinal axis from thehorizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure 7)

The stated angles of rotation are applicable to drawbar couplings notattached to the vehicle

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 24

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 3: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

Whereas mainly international standards (ISO) have been taken intoconsideration for uniform dimensions of mechanical coupling systemsto ensure interchangeability of the individual vehicles forming roadtrains or articulated vehicles and to guarantee free movement ofgoods the Member States

HAVE ADOPTED THIS DIRECTIVE

Article 1

For the purpose of this Directive

mdash lsquovehiclersquo means any motor vehicle as defined in Article 2 ofDirective 70156EEC intended for use on the road beingcomplete or incomplete having at least four wheels and amaximum design speed exceeding 25 kmh and its trailers withthe exception of vehicles which run on rails and of agriculturaland forestry tractors and all mobile machinery

mdash lsquomechanical coupling typersquo means a mechanical coupling device forwhich type-approval of a component within the meaning of Article 2of Directive 70156EEC may be granted

Article 2

Member States may not refuse

mdash EEC type-approval or national type-approval for a vehicle or refuseor prohibit the sale registration entry into service or use of avehicle on grounds relating to its optional equipment withmechanical coupling devices

mdash EEC component type-approval or national component type-approvalfor a mechanical coupling or prohibit the sale or use of amechanical coupling device

if the requirements of the Annexes are satisfied

Article 3

Member States shall adopt and publish the laws regulations and admin-istrative provisions necessary to comply with this Directive within 18months of the date of its adoption They shall forthwith inform theCommission thereof

When Member States adopt these measures they shall contain areference to this Directive or shall be accompanied by such referenceon the occasion of their official publication The method of making sucha reference shall be laid down by the Member States

They shall apply these provisions 18 months following the date ofadoption of this Directive

Article 4

This Directive is addressed to the Member States

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 3

LIST OF ANNEXES

ANNEX I Scope definition application and granting of EECtype-approval extension of approval conformity ofproduction

ANNEX II Example of an EEC approval marking

ANNEX III Information document for type-approved mechanicalcoupling devices

ANNEX IV EEC type-approval certificate for mechanical couplingdevices

ANNEX V Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

ANNEX VI Testing of mechanical coupling devices

ANNEX VII Requirements for the attachment of mechanicalcoupling devices to vehicles

ANNEX VIII Information document for type-approved vehicles

ANNEX IX EEC type-approval certificate for vehicles

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 4

ANNEX I

1 Scope

11 This Directive applies to the mechanical coupling devices for motorvehicles and their trailers and the attachment of these devices to theroad vehicles as described in Article 1 of this Directive

12 This Directive states the requirements which mechanical couplingdevices intended for use between combinations of vehicles mustsatisfy in order to

mdash ensure compatibility when combining motor vehicles withdifferent types of trailer

mdash ensure the safe coupling together of the vehicles under allconditions of use

mdash ensure safe procedures for coupling and uncoupling

13 The coupling devices are classified according to type and distin-guishing between

mdash standard coupling devices (see Section 2111)

mdash non-standard coupling devices (see Section 2112)

The classification is as follows

131 Class A Coupling balls and towing brackets(see Annex V Section 1)

1311 Class A 50-1 to A 50-3 Standard coupling balls 50 and flangetype towing brackets

1312 Class A 50-X Non-standard coupling balls 50 andtowing brackets

132 Class B Coupling heads (see Annex V Section2)

1321 Class B 50-X Non-Standard coupling heads 50

133 Class C Automatic drawbar couplings

1331 Class C 50 Drawbar couplings 50

Class C 50-1 to C 50-6 Standard drawbar couplings 50 (seeAnnex V Section 3 Tables 3 and 4)

1332 Class C 50-X Non-standard drawbar couplings 50

134 Class D Drawbar eyes

1341 Class D 50 Drawbar eyes 50

Class D 50-A Standard drawbar eyes D 50 forwelding attachment (see Annex VFigure 9 Table 5)

Class D 50-B Standard drawbar eyes 50 for screwingattachment (see Annex V Figure 10Table 5)

Class D 50-C Standard drawbar eyes D 50-C 1 forbolting attachment (see Annex VFigures 11 and 12 Table 5)

1342 Class D 50-X Non-Standard drawbar eyes 50 (seeAnnex V Figure 9)

135 Class E Non-standard drawbars

136 Class F Non-standard drawbeams

137 Class G Fifth wheel couplings

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 5

1371 Class G 50 Standard fifth wheel couplings 50 (seeAnnex V Figure 15 Table 7)

1372 Class G 50-X Non-standard fifth wheel couplings 50

138 Class H Fifth wheel coupling pins

1381 Class H 50-X Non-standard fifth wheel coupling pins50

139 Class J Non-standard mounting plates

1310 Class S Non-standard miscellaneous couplingdevices

2 DEFINITIONS

21 Mechanical coupling devices between motor vehicles and trailers areall parts and devices on the frames load-bearing parts of thebodywork and chassis of the vehicles by means of which towingand towed vehicles are connected together

It also includes fixed or detachable parts for the attachmentadjustment or operation of the abovementioned coupling devices

211 The coupling balls and towing brackets in Section 131 aremechanical coupling devices employing a spherical device andbrackets on the towing vehicle for connecting to the trailer bymeans of a coupling head

212 The coupling heads in Section 132 are mechanical coupling deviceson the drawbar of trailers for connecting to a coupling ball on thetowing vehicle

213 The drawbar couplings in Section 133 are mechanical couplingdevices with a jaw and an automatic closing and locking pin onthe towing vehicle for connecting to the trailer by means of adrawbar eye

214 The drawbar eyes in Section 134 are mechanical coupling deviceson the drawbar of trailers having a parallel hole for connecting to theautomatic drawbar couplings

215 The drawbars in Section 135 comprise overrun devices and similaritems of equipment mounted on the front of the towed vehicle or tothe vehicle chassis which is suitable for coupling to a towing vehicleby means of drawbar eyes coupling heads and similar couplingdevices

Drawbars can be attached to the trailer so as to move freely in thevertical plane and therefore support no vertical load so called hingeddrawbars or be fixed in the vertical plane so as to support a verticalload so called rigid drawbars Drawbars fixed in the vertical planecan be either rigid or sprung

Drawbars may also comprise more than one component be adjustableor cranked This Directive concerns drawbars only of the type whichforms a separate unit which is not part of the chassis of the towedvehicle

216 The drawbeams in Section 136 are all parts and devices placedbetween the coupling devices such as coupling balls and drawbarcouplings and the frame (eg rear cross member) the load-bearingbodywork or the chassis of the towing vehicle

217 The fifth wheel coupling in Section 137 are plate-like couplingdevices used on towing vehicles having an automatic coupling lockand connecting to the fifth wheel coupling pins in Section 138

218 The fifth wheel coupling pins in Section 138 are a coupling devicein the form of a pin for mounting on a semi-trailer and connecting tothe towing vehicle by means of a fifth wheel coupling

219 The mounting plates in Section 139 are all parts and devices usedfor attaching fifth wheel couplings to the frame of the towing vehicleThe mounting plate may have provision to move horizontally (iesliding fifth wheel)

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 6

2110 Steering wedges are components mounted on semi-trailers whichcontrol positive steering of the trailer in conjunction with the fifthwheel coupling

2111 Standard coupling devices are classified in Section 13 and conformto standard dimensions and standard characteristic values as given inthis Directive They are interchangeable within their class inde-pendent of type and manufacturer

2112 Non-standard coupling devices are those of Classes A to J which donot fall under the classification of standard coupling devices butwhich can be connected to standard coupling devices of therelevant classes

2113 The miscellaneous coupling devices for transitional or exceptional usein Section 1310 are mechanical coupling devices which do notbelong to any of the Classes A to J (eg coupling devicesaccording to existing national standards or for heavy transport)

2114 Remote control devices are devices which in the case of an inac-cessible coupling device enable the coupling device to be operatedfrom the side of the vehicle or from the driving cab

2115 Remote indicators are indicating devices which indicate to the vehicledriver in his cab that coupling has been effected and the safetydevices have engaged

2116 A type of mechanical coupling device means a device which does notdiffer in such essential aspects as

21161 class of coupling device

21162 factory mark or trade name

21163 external shape or principal dimensions or other fundamentaldifferences in design

21164 characteristic values D S V and U

2117 A coupling procedure is automatic if reversing the towing vehicleagainst the trailer is sufficient to engage the coupling completelyand properly without any external intervention to secure it automa-tically and to indicate proper engagement of the safety devices Anautomatic coupling procedure requires the use of automatic couplings

2118 The lsquoD-valuersquo is defined as the theoretical reference force for thehorizontal force between towing vehicle and trailer

The D-value is taken as the basis for horizontal loads in the dynamictests

For mechanical coupling devices unsuitable for transmitting verticalbearing loads the value is

D frac14 g T R

T thorn Rethk NTHORN

For mechanical coupling devices suitable for centre axle trailers thevalue is

Dc frac14 g T C

T thorn Cethk NTHORN

For fifth wheel couplings on towing tractors and vehicles ofcomparable type the value is

D frac14 g 0 6 T R

T thorn R Uethk NTHORN

where

T = technically permissible maximum mass in tonnes of the towingvehicle (also towing tractors) including if necessary thevertical load of a centre axle trailer

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 7

R = technically permissible maximum mass in tonnes of the fulltrailer with drawbar free to move in the vertical plane or ofthe semi-trailer

C = sum of the axle loads of the centre axle trailer carryingmaximum permissible load in tonnes (see Section 2120)

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in tonnes

S = the static vertical load S in kg is the proportion of the mass ofthe centre axle trailer exerted under static conditions at thecoupling point

g = acceleration due to gravity (assumed as 981 ms2)

2119 The lsquoV-valuersquo is defined as the theoretical reference force for theamplitude of the vertical force between towing vehicle and centreaxle trailers having a maximum mass exceeding 35 tonnes (seeSection 2121) The V-value is taken as a basis for the vertical testloads in the dynamic tests

V frac14 a X2

l2 C

where

a is an equivalent vertical acceleration in the coupling pointdependent on the kind of suspension on the rear axle(s) ofthe towing vehicle including a constant factor

a1 = 18 ms2 for vehicles with air suspension or equivalent(as defined in Directive 853EEC) (1)

a2 = 24 ms2 for vehicles with other suspension

x is the length of the loading area of the trailer in metres (seeFigure 1)

l is the theoretical drawbar length ie the distance between thecentre of the drawbar eye and the centre of the axle assemblyin metres (see Figure 1)

x2

l2 = ge 10 (where the result is a value less than 10 the value usedshould be at least 1)

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 8

(1) OJ No L 2 3 1 1985 p 14

2120 lsquoCentre-axle trailerrsquo means a towed vehicle equipped with a towingdevice which cannot move vertically (in relation to the trailer) and inwhich the axle(s) is (are) positioned close to the centre of gravity ofthe vehicle (when uniformly loaded) such that only a small verticalload not exceeding 10 of the maximum mass of the trailer of1 000 kg (whichever is the lesser) is transmitted to the drawingvehicle

The maximum mass of a centre-axle trailer to be taken into consid-eration shall be the mass transmitted to the ground by the axle(s) ofthe centre-axle trailer when coupled to the drawing vehicle and ladenwith a maximum load

2121 For vehicles not falling clearly in any of the above categories theyshall be treated in the same way as the type they most closelyresemble

2122 lsquoVehicle typersquo means vehicles which do not differ with respect to thefollowing main characteristics the structure dimensions shape andmaterials of the relevant parts concerning the fixing of the couplingdevice of the towing vehicle or the front part in the case of a trailerin so far as they have a bearing on the requirements of Annex VII

3 EEC TYPE-APPROVAL FOR A COMPONENT

31 Application for EEC type-approval

311 The application for EEC type-approval pursuant to Article 3 (4) ofDirective 70156EEC of a type of a mechanical coupling device shallbe submitted by the manufacturer

312 A model for the information document is given in Annex III

313 The following must be submitted to the technical service responsiblefor conducting the type-approval tests

3131 a mechanical coupling device representative for this type whichshould be normally unpainted The technical service or approvalauthorities may also request additional coupling devices

3132 the technical service which performs type-approval testing may alsorequest specific parts such as mounting plates or towing bracketsadditional drawings or samples of materials used

3133 in the case of a mechanical coupling device designed for a specificvehicle type the manufacturer of the coupling device shall alsosubmit the installation data supplied by the vehicle manufacturer inaccordance with Directive 9221EEC (1) the technical service mayrequest that a vehicle representative of that type also be submitted

32 Marking of specimen

321 Each of the specimens of the particular type of coupling device inSection 311 for which an application for EEC component typeapproval has been submitted must be marked as follows

322 factory mark trade name or manufacturers name (and trade mark ifappropriate)

323 type and if applicable version

324 a sufficiently large space for the EEC approval mark and the addi-tional information according to Section 334

33 Granting of EEC type-approval

331 If the relevant requirements are satisfied EEC type-approval pursuantto Article 4 (3) and if applicable Article 4 (4) of Directive 70156EEC shall be granted

332 A model for the EEC type-approval certificate is given in Annex IV

333 An approval number in accordance with Annex VII to Directive70156EEC shall be assigned to each type of mechanical couplingdevice approved The same Member State may not assign the samenumber to another type of a mechanical coupling device

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 9

(1) OJ No L 129 14 5 1992 p 1

334 There shall be affixed conspicuously and in a readily accessible placespecified on the approval form to every mechanical coupling deviceconforming to a type of mechanical coupling device approved underthis Directive an international approval mark consisting of

1 for the Federal Republic of Germany

2 for France

3 for Italy

4 for The Netherlands

6 for Belgium

A1

7 for Hungary

8 for the Czech

B

9 for Spain

11 for the United Kingdom

13 for Luxembourg

18 for Denmark

M1

19 for Romania

A1

20 for Poland

B

21 for Portugal

A1

26 for Slovenia

27 for Slovakia

29 for Estonia

32 for Latvia

M1

34 for Bulgaria

A1

36 for Lithuania

CY for Cyprus

MT for Malta

B

IRL for Ireland

EL for Greece

3341 A rectangle surrounding the letter lsquoersquo followed by the distinguishingnumber of the country which has granted approval

3342 A two-digit number indicating the number of the latest amendmentof the Directive (for this Directive the number is 00) and Section 4 ofthe type-aproval number as given on the EEC type-approval certi-ficate (see Annex IV) near to the rectangle of the approval mark

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 10

3343 The following supplementary marks placed anywhere close to therectangle

mdash class of coupling device

mdash permissible values for D S V and U where applicable

335 The approval mark shall be indelible and clearly legible even whenthe coupling device is attached to the vehicle

336 Annex II to this Directive gives examples of the arrangement of theapproval mark

34 Modification of the type of mechanical coupling device andextension of EEC component type-approval

341 In the case of modification of a type approved pursuant to thisDirective the provisions of Article 5 of Directive 70156EEC shallapply

4 EEC TYPE-APPROVAL FOR A VEHICLE

41 Application for EEC type-approval

411 The application for EEC type-approval pursuant to Article 3 (4) ofDirective 70156EEC of a vehicle type with regard to its type of amechanical coupling device shall be submitted by the manufacturer

412 A model for the information document is given in Annex VIII

413 The following must be submitted to the technical service responsiblefor conducting the type-approval tests

4131 a vehicle representative for this type which may be equipped with anEEC type-approved coupling device

4132 when the vehicle type is provided with a mechanical coupling deviceas first equipment by the vehicle manufacturer type(s) of mechanicalcoupling device(s) including its (their) mounting plate(s) or towingbracket(s) if any furthermore the EEC type-approval for the couplingdevice(s) shall be made available

42 Granting of EEC type-approval

421 If the relevant requirements are satisfied EEC type-approval pursuantto Article 4 (3) and (4) of Directive 70156EEC shall be granted

422 A model for the EEC type-approval certificate is given in Annex IX

423 An approval number in accordance with Annex VII to Directive70156EEC shall be assigned to each type of vehicle approvedThe same Member State shall not assign the same number toanother type of vehicle

43 Modification of the type of vehicle and extension of EEC vehicletype-approval

431 In the case of modification of a type-approval pursuant to thisDirective the provisions of Article 5 of Directive 70156EEC shallapply

432 The holder of an EEC vehicle type-approval can apply for it to beextended to other types or classes of coupling devices

The competent authorities will grant such an extension on thefollowing conditions

4321 EEC component type-approval has already been granted for the othertype of coupling device

4322 it is suitable for the type of vehicle for which the extension of theEEC vehicle type-approval has been applied for

4323 the attachment of the coupling device to the vehicle corresponds tothat proposed for the granting of EEC component type-approval

433 In the case of standard coupling devices in classes A C D and GEEC vehicle type-approval is also valid for other coupling devices ofthe same class without the need for a further mounting check andextension of EEC vehicle type-approval

B

1994L0020 mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001 mdash 11

5 REQUIREMENTS

51 The mechanical coupling devices between motor vehicles and trailersmust be manufactured and attached in accordance with good engi-neering practice and must be safe to operate

52 Safe coupling and uncoupling of the vehicles must be possible by asingle person without the use of tools Only automatic couplingdevices which allow an automatic coupling procedure shall beemployed for the coupling of trailers having a maximum mass ofmore than 35 tonnes

53 The mechanical coupling devices shall be so designed and manu-factured that in normal use with proper maintenance and thetimely replacement of wearing parts they will continue to functionsatisfactorily

54 Every coupling device must be accompanied by installation andoperating instructions giving sufficient information for a competentperson to install it on the vehicle and operate it properly Theinstructions must be in the language or languages of the MemberState in which the coupling device will be offered for sale In thecase of coupling devices supplied for assembly-line use by vehiclebuilders or bodybuilders the provisions of installation and operatinginstructions for each coupling device can be dispensed with It is thenthe responsibility of the vehicle builder or bodybuilder to ensure thatthe vehicle operator is provided with the information necessary foroperating the coupling device

55 The materials that may be used are those for which the propertiesrelevant to the application are laid down in a standard or those forwhich the properties are given in the documentation according toSection 312 of this Annex

56 All parts of the mechanical coupling devices whose failure couldresult in separation of the two vehicles must be made of steelOther materials may be used provided equivalence has been demon-strated by the manufacturer to the satisfaction of the TechnicalService

57 All couplings must be designed for positive mechanical engagementand the closed position must be secured at least once by positivemechanical engagement unless further requirements are stated inAnnex V

58 The mechanical coupling devices must satisfy the requirements ofAnnex V

59 Loading requirements

591 Mechanical coupling devices are subject to the tests described inAnnex VI

592 These tests must not cause any cracks fractures or other visibleexternal damage or any excessive permanent distortion whichwould be detrimental to the satisfactory operation of the device

510 The installation of the mechanical coupling devices to the vehiclemust be checked according to the requirements given in AnnexVII This requirement should apply to both EEC type-approval of avehicle when the vehicle type is provided with a mechanicalcoupling device as first equipment by the vehicle manufacturer andEEC type-approval of a mechanical coupling device designed for aspecific vehicle type

511 The abovementioned requirements and those of Annexes V VI andVII are also applicable as relevant to miscellaneous coupling devices(Class S)

6 CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION

61 As a general rule measures to ensure the conformity of productionshall be taken in accordance with the provisions laid down in Article10 of Directive 70156EEC

62 The normal frequency of inspections to be carried out by thecompetent authority shall be one per year

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 12

ANNEX II

(a) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar coupling of Class C 50-X with a maximum permittedD value of 130 kN a maximum permitted Dc value of 90 kN a maximumpermitted static vertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permittedV-value of 35 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted inthe Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0207 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(b) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar eye

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar eye 50 of Class D 50-X for welding attachment havinga D value of 130 kN a Dc value of 100 kN a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of50 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1934 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 13

(c) Specimen EEC approval mark for a fifth wheel coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling of Class G 50-X having a maximumpermitted D value of 180 kN and a maximum permitted fifth wheel loadof 26 tonnes for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0015 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(d) Specimen EEC approval marking for a fifth wheel coupling pin

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling pin of Class H 50-X having a D value of162 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in the FederalRepublic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1989 The first two digits 00indicate that this component was approved according to the original form ofthis Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 14

(e) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling ball and towingbrackets

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling ball and towing brackets of Class A 50-X having amaximum permitted D value of 18 kN and a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EEC component type-approvalwas granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number0304 The first two digits 00 indicate that this component was approvedaccordintg to the original form to this Directive

(f) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling head

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling head of Class B 50-X having a D value of 18 kN anda maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EECcomponent type-approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e1) under the number 1993 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 15

(g) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is adrawbar for a centre-axle trailer of Class E with a maximum permitted Dvalue of 109 kN a maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of 50 kN for which EECcomponent type approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany(e 1) under the number 0013 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 16

ANNEX III

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 17

ANNEX IV

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 18

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 19

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 20

ANNEX V

Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

1 COUPLING BALLS AND TOWING BRACKETS

The requirements stated in 11 to 14 are applicable to all coupling ballsand towing brackets of Class A Section 15 lists additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard coupling balls 50 and flange typetowing brackets

11 Coupling balls of Class A must conform to Figure 2 in shape anddimensions

12 The shape and the dimensions of the towing brackets have to meet therequirements of the vehicle manufacturer concerning the attachmentpoints and additional mounting devices if necessary

13 In the case of removable coupling balls the point of connection and theirlocking must be designed for positive mechanical engagement

14 Coupling balls and towing devices must be able to satisfy the tests laiddown in Annex VI Section 41

15 Special requirements for standard coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets of Classes A 50-1 A 50-2 and A 50-3

151 Dimensions of Class A 50-1 coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets must be as given in Figure 3 and Table 1 The clearancespace for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30 must berespected

152 Dimensions of Class A 50-2 and Class A 50-3 coupling balls and flangetype towing brackets must be as given in Figure 4 and Table 1 Theclearance space for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30must be respected

153 Coupling balls and flange type towing brackets of the Classes A 50-1 A50-2 and A 50-3 must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 2

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 21

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 22

TABLE 1

Dimensions of standard ball couplings and flange type towingrackets (mm)

(see Figures 3 and 4)

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3 Remarks

e1 90 83 120 plusmn05

e2 mdash 56 55 plusmn05

d2 17 105 15 H13

f 130 110 155 +6-0

g 50 85 90 +6-0

c 15 15 15 maximum

l 55 110 120 plusmn5

h 70 80 80 plusmn5

TABLE 2

Characteristic values for standard ball couplings and flange typetowing brackets

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3

D 17 20 30

S 120 120 120

D = maximum D-value (kN)S = maximum static vertical load (kg)

2 COUPLING HEADS

21 Coupling heads of Class B 50 must be designed so that they can beused safely with the coupling balls described in Section 1 of this Annexand thereby retain the prescribed characteristics

Coupling heads must be designed in such a way that safe coupling isensured also taking into account the wear of the coupling devices

22 Coupling heads must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in Annex VISection 42

23 Any additional device (e g braking stabilizer etc) shall not have anyadverse effect on the mechanical connection

24 Horizontal rotation of the coupling head at least 90deg to either side of thecentreline of the coupling ball and mounting described in Section 1 ofthis Annex when not attached to the vehicle must be possible Simulta-neously there must be an angle of free vertical movement 20deg above andbelow the horizontal Also in conjunction with the horizontal angel ofrotation of 90deg it must be possible for there to be 25deg of roll in bothdirections about the horizontal axis The following combinations ofmotions must be possible

mdash vertical pitch plusmn 15deg with acial roll plusmn 25deg

mdash axial roll plusmn 10deg with vertical pitch plusmn 20deg

at all angles of horizontal rotation

3 DRAWBAR COUPLINGS

The requirements of Sections 31 to 38 are applicable to all drawbarcouplings of Class C 50 Section 39 lists the additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard drawbar couplings of Classes C 50-1 to C 50-6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 23

31 Load requirements

All drawbar couplings shall be able to satisfy the tests stated in AnnexVI Section 43

32 Suitable drawbar eyes

Class C 50 drawbar couplings shall be compatible with all Class D 50drawbar eyes and coupling with the specified characteristics

33 Automatic operation

Drawbar couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

34 Jaw

Class C 50 drawbar couplings must have a jaw which is designed suchthat the appropriate drawbar eyes is guided into the coupling

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the vertical axisit must establish itself automatically in the normal position and with thecoupling pin open be effectively restrained in this position to givesatisfactory guidance for the drawbar eye during the coupling procedure

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the transverseaxis the joint providing the rotation capability must be restrained in itsnormal position by a locking torque This torque must be sufficient toprevent a force of 200 N acting vertically upwards on the top of the jawproducing any deflection of the joint from its normal position It mustbe possible to bring the jaw to its normal position manually A jaw thatpivots about the transverse axis is only approved for vertical bearingloads S of up to 50 kg and a V-value of up to 5 kN

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw is pivoted about the longitudinalaxis the rotation must be restrained by a locking torque of at least100 Nm

The minimum required size of the jaw depends on the D value of thecoupling

D-value le 18 kN width 150 mm height 100 mm

18 kN lt D-value le 25 kN width 280 mm height 170 mm

25 kN lt D-value width 360 mm height 200 mm

The external corners of the jaw may be radiused

Smaller jaws are permitted for Class C 50-X drawbar coupling if theiruse is restricted to centre-axle trailers up to 35 tonnes maximumpermissible mass or if the use of a jaw from the above table isimpossible due to technical reasons and if furthermore there arespecial circumstances such as visual aids for ensuring safe executionof the automatic coupling procedure and if the field of application isrestricted in the approval according to Annex III

35 Minimum freedom of movement of the coupled drawbar eye

The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate horizontally plusmn 90deg aboutthe vertical axis from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (see Figure 5)The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate vertically plusmn 20deg aboutthe transverse axis from the horizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure6) If the motion is provided by a special joint (only on Class C 50-Xdrawbar couplings) the field of application given in the approvalaccording to Annex III must be restricted to the cases stated inAnnex VII Section 237 It must be possible for the coupled drawbareye to be rotated axially plusmn 25deg about the longitudinal axis from thehorizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure 7)

The stated angles of rotation are applicable to drawbar couplings notattached to the vehicle

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 24

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 4: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

LIST OF ANNEXES

ANNEX I Scope definition application and granting of EECtype-approval extension of approval conformity ofproduction

ANNEX II Example of an EEC approval marking

ANNEX III Information document for type-approved mechanicalcoupling devices

ANNEX IV EEC type-approval certificate for mechanical couplingdevices

ANNEX V Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

ANNEX VI Testing of mechanical coupling devices

ANNEX VII Requirements for the attachment of mechanicalcoupling devices to vehicles

ANNEX VIII Information document for type-approved vehicles

ANNEX IX EEC type-approval certificate for vehicles

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 4

ANNEX I

1 Scope

11 This Directive applies to the mechanical coupling devices for motorvehicles and their trailers and the attachment of these devices to theroad vehicles as described in Article 1 of this Directive

12 This Directive states the requirements which mechanical couplingdevices intended for use between combinations of vehicles mustsatisfy in order to

mdash ensure compatibility when combining motor vehicles withdifferent types of trailer

mdash ensure the safe coupling together of the vehicles under allconditions of use

mdash ensure safe procedures for coupling and uncoupling

13 The coupling devices are classified according to type and distin-guishing between

mdash standard coupling devices (see Section 2111)

mdash non-standard coupling devices (see Section 2112)

The classification is as follows

131 Class A Coupling balls and towing brackets(see Annex V Section 1)

1311 Class A 50-1 to A 50-3 Standard coupling balls 50 and flangetype towing brackets

1312 Class A 50-X Non-standard coupling balls 50 andtowing brackets

132 Class B Coupling heads (see Annex V Section2)

1321 Class B 50-X Non-Standard coupling heads 50

133 Class C Automatic drawbar couplings

1331 Class C 50 Drawbar couplings 50

Class C 50-1 to C 50-6 Standard drawbar couplings 50 (seeAnnex V Section 3 Tables 3 and 4)

1332 Class C 50-X Non-standard drawbar couplings 50

134 Class D Drawbar eyes

1341 Class D 50 Drawbar eyes 50

Class D 50-A Standard drawbar eyes D 50 forwelding attachment (see Annex VFigure 9 Table 5)

Class D 50-B Standard drawbar eyes 50 for screwingattachment (see Annex V Figure 10Table 5)

Class D 50-C Standard drawbar eyes D 50-C 1 forbolting attachment (see Annex VFigures 11 and 12 Table 5)

1342 Class D 50-X Non-Standard drawbar eyes 50 (seeAnnex V Figure 9)

135 Class E Non-standard drawbars

136 Class F Non-standard drawbeams

137 Class G Fifth wheel couplings

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 5

1371 Class G 50 Standard fifth wheel couplings 50 (seeAnnex V Figure 15 Table 7)

1372 Class G 50-X Non-standard fifth wheel couplings 50

138 Class H Fifth wheel coupling pins

1381 Class H 50-X Non-standard fifth wheel coupling pins50

139 Class J Non-standard mounting plates

1310 Class S Non-standard miscellaneous couplingdevices

2 DEFINITIONS

21 Mechanical coupling devices between motor vehicles and trailers areall parts and devices on the frames load-bearing parts of thebodywork and chassis of the vehicles by means of which towingand towed vehicles are connected together

It also includes fixed or detachable parts for the attachmentadjustment or operation of the abovementioned coupling devices

211 The coupling balls and towing brackets in Section 131 aremechanical coupling devices employing a spherical device andbrackets on the towing vehicle for connecting to the trailer bymeans of a coupling head

212 The coupling heads in Section 132 are mechanical coupling deviceson the drawbar of trailers for connecting to a coupling ball on thetowing vehicle

213 The drawbar couplings in Section 133 are mechanical couplingdevices with a jaw and an automatic closing and locking pin onthe towing vehicle for connecting to the trailer by means of adrawbar eye

214 The drawbar eyes in Section 134 are mechanical coupling deviceson the drawbar of trailers having a parallel hole for connecting to theautomatic drawbar couplings

215 The drawbars in Section 135 comprise overrun devices and similaritems of equipment mounted on the front of the towed vehicle or tothe vehicle chassis which is suitable for coupling to a towing vehicleby means of drawbar eyes coupling heads and similar couplingdevices

Drawbars can be attached to the trailer so as to move freely in thevertical plane and therefore support no vertical load so called hingeddrawbars or be fixed in the vertical plane so as to support a verticalload so called rigid drawbars Drawbars fixed in the vertical planecan be either rigid or sprung

Drawbars may also comprise more than one component be adjustableor cranked This Directive concerns drawbars only of the type whichforms a separate unit which is not part of the chassis of the towedvehicle

216 The drawbeams in Section 136 are all parts and devices placedbetween the coupling devices such as coupling balls and drawbarcouplings and the frame (eg rear cross member) the load-bearingbodywork or the chassis of the towing vehicle

217 The fifth wheel coupling in Section 137 are plate-like couplingdevices used on towing vehicles having an automatic coupling lockand connecting to the fifth wheel coupling pins in Section 138

218 The fifth wheel coupling pins in Section 138 are a coupling devicein the form of a pin for mounting on a semi-trailer and connecting tothe towing vehicle by means of a fifth wheel coupling

219 The mounting plates in Section 139 are all parts and devices usedfor attaching fifth wheel couplings to the frame of the towing vehicleThe mounting plate may have provision to move horizontally (iesliding fifth wheel)

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 6

2110 Steering wedges are components mounted on semi-trailers whichcontrol positive steering of the trailer in conjunction with the fifthwheel coupling

2111 Standard coupling devices are classified in Section 13 and conformto standard dimensions and standard characteristic values as given inthis Directive They are interchangeable within their class inde-pendent of type and manufacturer

2112 Non-standard coupling devices are those of Classes A to J which donot fall under the classification of standard coupling devices butwhich can be connected to standard coupling devices of therelevant classes

2113 The miscellaneous coupling devices for transitional or exceptional usein Section 1310 are mechanical coupling devices which do notbelong to any of the Classes A to J (eg coupling devicesaccording to existing national standards or for heavy transport)

2114 Remote control devices are devices which in the case of an inac-cessible coupling device enable the coupling device to be operatedfrom the side of the vehicle or from the driving cab

2115 Remote indicators are indicating devices which indicate to the vehicledriver in his cab that coupling has been effected and the safetydevices have engaged

2116 A type of mechanical coupling device means a device which does notdiffer in such essential aspects as

21161 class of coupling device

21162 factory mark or trade name

21163 external shape or principal dimensions or other fundamentaldifferences in design

21164 characteristic values D S V and U

2117 A coupling procedure is automatic if reversing the towing vehicleagainst the trailer is sufficient to engage the coupling completelyand properly without any external intervention to secure it automa-tically and to indicate proper engagement of the safety devices Anautomatic coupling procedure requires the use of automatic couplings

2118 The lsquoD-valuersquo is defined as the theoretical reference force for thehorizontal force between towing vehicle and trailer

The D-value is taken as the basis for horizontal loads in the dynamictests

For mechanical coupling devices unsuitable for transmitting verticalbearing loads the value is

D frac14 g T R

T thorn Rethk NTHORN

For mechanical coupling devices suitable for centre axle trailers thevalue is

Dc frac14 g T C

T thorn Cethk NTHORN

For fifth wheel couplings on towing tractors and vehicles ofcomparable type the value is

D frac14 g 0 6 T R

T thorn R Uethk NTHORN

where

T = technically permissible maximum mass in tonnes of the towingvehicle (also towing tractors) including if necessary thevertical load of a centre axle trailer

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 7

R = technically permissible maximum mass in tonnes of the fulltrailer with drawbar free to move in the vertical plane or ofthe semi-trailer

C = sum of the axle loads of the centre axle trailer carryingmaximum permissible load in tonnes (see Section 2120)

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in tonnes

S = the static vertical load S in kg is the proportion of the mass ofthe centre axle trailer exerted under static conditions at thecoupling point

g = acceleration due to gravity (assumed as 981 ms2)

2119 The lsquoV-valuersquo is defined as the theoretical reference force for theamplitude of the vertical force between towing vehicle and centreaxle trailers having a maximum mass exceeding 35 tonnes (seeSection 2121) The V-value is taken as a basis for the vertical testloads in the dynamic tests

V frac14 a X2

l2 C

where

a is an equivalent vertical acceleration in the coupling pointdependent on the kind of suspension on the rear axle(s) ofthe towing vehicle including a constant factor

a1 = 18 ms2 for vehicles with air suspension or equivalent(as defined in Directive 853EEC) (1)

a2 = 24 ms2 for vehicles with other suspension

x is the length of the loading area of the trailer in metres (seeFigure 1)

l is the theoretical drawbar length ie the distance between thecentre of the drawbar eye and the centre of the axle assemblyin metres (see Figure 1)

x2

l2 = ge 10 (where the result is a value less than 10 the value usedshould be at least 1)

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 8

(1) OJ No L 2 3 1 1985 p 14

2120 lsquoCentre-axle trailerrsquo means a towed vehicle equipped with a towingdevice which cannot move vertically (in relation to the trailer) and inwhich the axle(s) is (are) positioned close to the centre of gravity ofthe vehicle (when uniformly loaded) such that only a small verticalload not exceeding 10 of the maximum mass of the trailer of1 000 kg (whichever is the lesser) is transmitted to the drawingvehicle

The maximum mass of a centre-axle trailer to be taken into consid-eration shall be the mass transmitted to the ground by the axle(s) ofthe centre-axle trailer when coupled to the drawing vehicle and ladenwith a maximum load

2121 For vehicles not falling clearly in any of the above categories theyshall be treated in the same way as the type they most closelyresemble

2122 lsquoVehicle typersquo means vehicles which do not differ with respect to thefollowing main characteristics the structure dimensions shape andmaterials of the relevant parts concerning the fixing of the couplingdevice of the towing vehicle or the front part in the case of a trailerin so far as they have a bearing on the requirements of Annex VII

3 EEC TYPE-APPROVAL FOR A COMPONENT

31 Application for EEC type-approval

311 The application for EEC type-approval pursuant to Article 3 (4) ofDirective 70156EEC of a type of a mechanical coupling device shallbe submitted by the manufacturer

312 A model for the information document is given in Annex III

313 The following must be submitted to the technical service responsiblefor conducting the type-approval tests

3131 a mechanical coupling device representative for this type whichshould be normally unpainted The technical service or approvalauthorities may also request additional coupling devices

3132 the technical service which performs type-approval testing may alsorequest specific parts such as mounting plates or towing bracketsadditional drawings or samples of materials used

3133 in the case of a mechanical coupling device designed for a specificvehicle type the manufacturer of the coupling device shall alsosubmit the installation data supplied by the vehicle manufacturer inaccordance with Directive 9221EEC (1) the technical service mayrequest that a vehicle representative of that type also be submitted

32 Marking of specimen

321 Each of the specimens of the particular type of coupling device inSection 311 for which an application for EEC component typeapproval has been submitted must be marked as follows

322 factory mark trade name or manufacturers name (and trade mark ifappropriate)

323 type and if applicable version

324 a sufficiently large space for the EEC approval mark and the addi-tional information according to Section 334

33 Granting of EEC type-approval

331 If the relevant requirements are satisfied EEC type-approval pursuantto Article 4 (3) and if applicable Article 4 (4) of Directive 70156EEC shall be granted

332 A model for the EEC type-approval certificate is given in Annex IV

333 An approval number in accordance with Annex VII to Directive70156EEC shall be assigned to each type of mechanical couplingdevice approved The same Member State may not assign the samenumber to another type of a mechanical coupling device

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 9

(1) OJ No L 129 14 5 1992 p 1

334 There shall be affixed conspicuously and in a readily accessible placespecified on the approval form to every mechanical coupling deviceconforming to a type of mechanical coupling device approved underthis Directive an international approval mark consisting of

1 for the Federal Republic of Germany

2 for France

3 for Italy

4 for The Netherlands

6 for Belgium

A1

7 for Hungary

8 for the Czech

B

9 for Spain

11 for the United Kingdom

13 for Luxembourg

18 for Denmark

M1

19 for Romania

A1

20 for Poland

B

21 for Portugal

A1

26 for Slovenia

27 for Slovakia

29 for Estonia

32 for Latvia

M1

34 for Bulgaria

A1

36 for Lithuania

CY for Cyprus

MT for Malta

B

IRL for Ireland

EL for Greece

3341 A rectangle surrounding the letter lsquoersquo followed by the distinguishingnumber of the country which has granted approval

3342 A two-digit number indicating the number of the latest amendmentof the Directive (for this Directive the number is 00) and Section 4 ofthe type-aproval number as given on the EEC type-approval certi-ficate (see Annex IV) near to the rectangle of the approval mark

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 10

3343 The following supplementary marks placed anywhere close to therectangle

mdash class of coupling device

mdash permissible values for D S V and U where applicable

335 The approval mark shall be indelible and clearly legible even whenthe coupling device is attached to the vehicle

336 Annex II to this Directive gives examples of the arrangement of theapproval mark

34 Modification of the type of mechanical coupling device andextension of EEC component type-approval

341 In the case of modification of a type approved pursuant to thisDirective the provisions of Article 5 of Directive 70156EEC shallapply

4 EEC TYPE-APPROVAL FOR A VEHICLE

41 Application for EEC type-approval

411 The application for EEC type-approval pursuant to Article 3 (4) ofDirective 70156EEC of a vehicle type with regard to its type of amechanical coupling device shall be submitted by the manufacturer

412 A model for the information document is given in Annex VIII

413 The following must be submitted to the technical service responsiblefor conducting the type-approval tests

4131 a vehicle representative for this type which may be equipped with anEEC type-approved coupling device

4132 when the vehicle type is provided with a mechanical coupling deviceas first equipment by the vehicle manufacturer type(s) of mechanicalcoupling device(s) including its (their) mounting plate(s) or towingbracket(s) if any furthermore the EEC type-approval for the couplingdevice(s) shall be made available

42 Granting of EEC type-approval

421 If the relevant requirements are satisfied EEC type-approval pursuantto Article 4 (3) and (4) of Directive 70156EEC shall be granted

422 A model for the EEC type-approval certificate is given in Annex IX

423 An approval number in accordance with Annex VII to Directive70156EEC shall be assigned to each type of vehicle approvedThe same Member State shall not assign the same number toanother type of vehicle

43 Modification of the type of vehicle and extension of EEC vehicletype-approval

431 In the case of modification of a type-approval pursuant to thisDirective the provisions of Article 5 of Directive 70156EEC shallapply

432 The holder of an EEC vehicle type-approval can apply for it to beextended to other types or classes of coupling devices

The competent authorities will grant such an extension on thefollowing conditions

4321 EEC component type-approval has already been granted for the othertype of coupling device

4322 it is suitable for the type of vehicle for which the extension of theEEC vehicle type-approval has been applied for

4323 the attachment of the coupling device to the vehicle corresponds tothat proposed for the granting of EEC component type-approval

433 In the case of standard coupling devices in classes A C D and GEEC vehicle type-approval is also valid for other coupling devices ofthe same class without the need for a further mounting check andextension of EEC vehicle type-approval

B

1994L0020 mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001 mdash 11

5 REQUIREMENTS

51 The mechanical coupling devices between motor vehicles and trailersmust be manufactured and attached in accordance with good engi-neering practice and must be safe to operate

52 Safe coupling and uncoupling of the vehicles must be possible by asingle person without the use of tools Only automatic couplingdevices which allow an automatic coupling procedure shall beemployed for the coupling of trailers having a maximum mass ofmore than 35 tonnes

53 The mechanical coupling devices shall be so designed and manu-factured that in normal use with proper maintenance and thetimely replacement of wearing parts they will continue to functionsatisfactorily

54 Every coupling device must be accompanied by installation andoperating instructions giving sufficient information for a competentperson to install it on the vehicle and operate it properly Theinstructions must be in the language or languages of the MemberState in which the coupling device will be offered for sale In thecase of coupling devices supplied for assembly-line use by vehiclebuilders or bodybuilders the provisions of installation and operatinginstructions for each coupling device can be dispensed with It is thenthe responsibility of the vehicle builder or bodybuilder to ensure thatthe vehicle operator is provided with the information necessary foroperating the coupling device

55 The materials that may be used are those for which the propertiesrelevant to the application are laid down in a standard or those forwhich the properties are given in the documentation according toSection 312 of this Annex

56 All parts of the mechanical coupling devices whose failure couldresult in separation of the two vehicles must be made of steelOther materials may be used provided equivalence has been demon-strated by the manufacturer to the satisfaction of the TechnicalService

57 All couplings must be designed for positive mechanical engagementand the closed position must be secured at least once by positivemechanical engagement unless further requirements are stated inAnnex V

58 The mechanical coupling devices must satisfy the requirements ofAnnex V

59 Loading requirements

591 Mechanical coupling devices are subject to the tests described inAnnex VI

592 These tests must not cause any cracks fractures or other visibleexternal damage or any excessive permanent distortion whichwould be detrimental to the satisfactory operation of the device

510 The installation of the mechanical coupling devices to the vehiclemust be checked according to the requirements given in AnnexVII This requirement should apply to both EEC type-approval of avehicle when the vehicle type is provided with a mechanicalcoupling device as first equipment by the vehicle manufacturer andEEC type-approval of a mechanical coupling device designed for aspecific vehicle type

511 The abovementioned requirements and those of Annexes V VI andVII are also applicable as relevant to miscellaneous coupling devices(Class S)

6 CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION

61 As a general rule measures to ensure the conformity of productionshall be taken in accordance with the provisions laid down in Article10 of Directive 70156EEC

62 The normal frequency of inspections to be carried out by thecompetent authority shall be one per year

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 12

ANNEX II

(a) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar coupling of Class C 50-X with a maximum permittedD value of 130 kN a maximum permitted Dc value of 90 kN a maximumpermitted static vertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permittedV-value of 35 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted inthe Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0207 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(b) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar eye

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar eye 50 of Class D 50-X for welding attachment havinga D value of 130 kN a Dc value of 100 kN a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of50 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1934 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 13

(c) Specimen EEC approval mark for a fifth wheel coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling of Class G 50-X having a maximumpermitted D value of 180 kN and a maximum permitted fifth wheel loadof 26 tonnes for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0015 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(d) Specimen EEC approval marking for a fifth wheel coupling pin

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling pin of Class H 50-X having a D value of162 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in the FederalRepublic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1989 The first two digits 00indicate that this component was approved according to the original form ofthis Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 14

(e) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling ball and towingbrackets

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling ball and towing brackets of Class A 50-X having amaximum permitted D value of 18 kN and a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EEC component type-approvalwas granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number0304 The first two digits 00 indicate that this component was approvedaccordintg to the original form to this Directive

(f) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling head

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling head of Class B 50-X having a D value of 18 kN anda maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EECcomponent type-approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e1) under the number 1993 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 15

(g) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is adrawbar for a centre-axle trailer of Class E with a maximum permitted Dvalue of 109 kN a maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of 50 kN for which EECcomponent type approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany(e 1) under the number 0013 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 16

ANNEX III

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 17

ANNEX IV

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 18

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 19

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 20

ANNEX V

Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

1 COUPLING BALLS AND TOWING BRACKETS

The requirements stated in 11 to 14 are applicable to all coupling ballsand towing brackets of Class A Section 15 lists additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard coupling balls 50 and flange typetowing brackets

11 Coupling balls of Class A must conform to Figure 2 in shape anddimensions

12 The shape and the dimensions of the towing brackets have to meet therequirements of the vehicle manufacturer concerning the attachmentpoints and additional mounting devices if necessary

13 In the case of removable coupling balls the point of connection and theirlocking must be designed for positive mechanical engagement

14 Coupling balls and towing devices must be able to satisfy the tests laiddown in Annex VI Section 41

15 Special requirements for standard coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets of Classes A 50-1 A 50-2 and A 50-3

151 Dimensions of Class A 50-1 coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets must be as given in Figure 3 and Table 1 The clearancespace for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30 must berespected

152 Dimensions of Class A 50-2 and Class A 50-3 coupling balls and flangetype towing brackets must be as given in Figure 4 and Table 1 Theclearance space for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30must be respected

153 Coupling balls and flange type towing brackets of the Classes A 50-1 A50-2 and A 50-3 must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 2

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 21

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 22

TABLE 1

Dimensions of standard ball couplings and flange type towingrackets (mm)

(see Figures 3 and 4)

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3 Remarks

e1 90 83 120 plusmn05

e2 mdash 56 55 plusmn05

d2 17 105 15 H13

f 130 110 155 +6-0

g 50 85 90 +6-0

c 15 15 15 maximum

l 55 110 120 plusmn5

h 70 80 80 plusmn5

TABLE 2

Characteristic values for standard ball couplings and flange typetowing brackets

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3

D 17 20 30

S 120 120 120

D = maximum D-value (kN)S = maximum static vertical load (kg)

2 COUPLING HEADS

21 Coupling heads of Class B 50 must be designed so that they can beused safely with the coupling balls described in Section 1 of this Annexand thereby retain the prescribed characteristics

Coupling heads must be designed in such a way that safe coupling isensured also taking into account the wear of the coupling devices

22 Coupling heads must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in Annex VISection 42

23 Any additional device (e g braking stabilizer etc) shall not have anyadverse effect on the mechanical connection

24 Horizontal rotation of the coupling head at least 90deg to either side of thecentreline of the coupling ball and mounting described in Section 1 ofthis Annex when not attached to the vehicle must be possible Simulta-neously there must be an angle of free vertical movement 20deg above andbelow the horizontal Also in conjunction with the horizontal angel ofrotation of 90deg it must be possible for there to be 25deg of roll in bothdirections about the horizontal axis The following combinations ofmotions must be possible

mdash vertical pitch plusmn 15deg with acial roll plusmn 25deg

mdash axial roll plusmn 10deg with vertical pitch plusmn 20deg

at all angles of horizontal rotation

3 DRAWBAR COUPLINGS

The requirements of Sections 31 to 38 are applicable to all drawbarcouplings of Class C 50 Section 39 lists the additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard drawbar couplings of Classes C 50-1 to C 50-6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 23

31 Load requirements

All drawbar couplings shall be able to satisfy the tests stated in AnnexVI Section 43

32 Suitable drawbar eyes

Class C 50 drawbar couplings shall be compatible with all Class D 50drawbar eyes and coupling with the specified characteristics

33 Automatic operation

Drawbar couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

34 Jaw

Class C 50 drawbar couplings must have a jaw which is designed suchthat the appropriate drawbar eyes is guided into the coupling

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the vertical axisit must establish itself automatically in the normal position and with thecoupling pin open be effectively restrained in this position to givesatisfactory guidance for the drawbar eye during the coupling procedure

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the transverseaxis the joint providing the rotation capability must be restrained in itsnormal position by a locking torque This torque must be sufficient toprevent a force of 200 N acting vertically upwards on the top of the jawproducing any deflection of the joint from its normal position It mustbe possible to bring the jaw to its normal position manually A jaw thatpivots about the transverse axis is only approved for vertical bearingloads S of up to 50 kg and a V-value of up to 5 kN

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw is pivoted about the longitudinalaxis the rotation must be restrained by a locking torque of at least100 Nm

The minimum required size of the jaw depends on the D value of thecoupling

D-value le 18 kN width 150 mm height 100 mm

18 kN lt D-value le 25 kN width 280 mm height 170 mm

25 kN lt D-value width 360 mm height 200 mm

The external corners of the jaw may be radiused

Smaller jaws are permitted for Class C 50-X drawbar coupling if theiruse is restricted to centre-axle trailers up to 35 tonnes maximumpermissible mass or if the use of a jaw from the above table isimpossible due to technical reasons and if furthermore there arespecial circumstances such as visual aids for ensuring safe executionof the automatic coupling procedure and if the field of application isrestricted in the approval according to Annex III

35 Minimum freedom of movement of the coupled drawbar eye

The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate horizontally plusmn 90deg aboutthe vertical axis from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (see Figure 5)The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate vertically plusmn 20deg aboutthe transverse axis from the horizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure6) If the motion is provided by a special joint (only on Class C 50-Xdrawbar couplings) the field of application given in the approvalaccording to Annex III must be restricted to the cases stated inAnnex VII Section 237 It must be possible for the coupled drawbareye to be rotated axially plusmn 25deg about the longitudinal axis from thehorizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure 7)

The stated angles of rotation are applicable to drawbar couplings notattached to the vehicle

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 24

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 5: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

ANNEX I

1 Scope

11 This Directive applies to the mechanical coupling devices for motorvehicles and their trailers and the attachment of these devices to theroad vehicles as described in Article 1 of this Directive

12 This Directive states the requirements which mechanical couplingdevices intended for use between combinations of vehicles mustsatisfy in order to

mdash ensure compatibility when combining motor vehicles withdifferent types of trailer

mdash ensure the safe coupling together of the vehicles under allconditions of use

mdash ensure safe procedures for coupling and uncoupling

13 The coupling devices are classified according to type and distin-guishing between

mdash standard coupling devices (see Section 2111)

mdash non-standard coupling devices (see Section 2112)

The classification is as follows

131 Class A Coupling balls and towing brackets(see Annex V Section 1)

1311 Class A 50-1 to A 50-3 Standard coupling balls 50 and flangetype towing brackets

1312 Class A 50-X Non-standard coupling balls 50 andtowing brackets

132 Class B Coupling heads (see Annex V Section2)

1321 Class B 50-X Non-Standard coupling heads 50

133 Class C Automatic drawbar couplings

1331 Class C 50 Drawbar couplings 50

Class C 50-1 to C 50-6 Standard drawbar couplings 50 (seeAnnex V Section 3 Tables 3 and 4)

1332 Class C 50-X Non-standard drawbar couplings 50

134 Class D Drawbar eyes

1341 Class D 50 Drawbar eyes 50

Class D 50-A Standard drawbar eyes D 50 forwelding attachment (see Annex VFigure 9 Table 5)

Class D 50-B Standard drawbar eyes 50 for screwingattachment (see Annex V Figure 10Table 5)

Class D 50-C Standard drawbar eyes D 50-C 1 forbolting attachment (see Annex VFigures 11 and 12 Table 5)

1342 Class D 50-X Non-Standard drawbar eyes 50 (seeAnnex V Figure 9)

135 Class E Non-standard drawbars

136 Class F Non-standard drawbeams

137 Class G Fifth wheel couplings

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 5

1371 Class G 50 Standard fifth wheel couplings 50 (seeAnnex V Figure 15 Table 7)

1372 Class G 50-X Non-standard fifth wheel couplings 50

138 Class H Fifth wheel coupling pins

1381 Class H 50-X Non-standard fifth wheel coupling pins50

139 Class J Non-standard mounting plates

1310 Class S Non-standard miscellaneous couplingdevices

2 DEFINITIONS

21 Mechanical coupling devices between motor vehicles and trailers areall parts and devices on the frames load-bearing parts of thebodywork and chassis of the vehicles by means of which towingand towed vehicles are connected together

It also includes fixed or detachable parts for the attachmentadjustment or operation of the abovementioned coupling devices

211 The coupling balls and towing brackets in Section 131 aremechanical coupling devices employing a spherical device andbrackets on the towing vehicle for connecting to the trailer bymeans of a coupling head

212 The coupling heads in Section 132 are mechanical coupling deviceson the drawbar of trailers for connecting to a coupling ball on thetowing vehicle

213 The drawbar couplings in Section 133 are mechanical couplingdevices with a jaw and an automatic closing and locking pin onthe towing vehicle for connecting to the trailer by means of adrawbar eye

214 The drawbar eyes in Section 134 are mechanical coupling deviceson the drawbar of trailers having a parallel hole for connecting to theautomatic drawbar couplings

215 The drawbars in Section 135 comprise overrun devices and similaritems of equipment mounted on the front of the towed vehicle or tothe vehicle chassis which is suitable for coupling to a towing vehicleby means of drawbar eyes coupling heads and similar couplingdevices

Drawbars can be attached to the trailer so as to move freely in thevertical plane and therefore support no vertical load so called hingeddrawbars or be fixed in the vertical plane so as to support a verticalload so called rigid drawbars Drawbars fixed in the vertical planecan be either rigid or sprung

Drawbars may also comprise more than one component be adjustableor cranked This Directive concerns drawbars only of the type whichforms a separate unit which is not part of the chassis of the towedvehicle

216 The drawbeams in Section 136 are all parts and devices placedbetween the coupling devices such as coupling balls and drawbarcouplings and the frame (eg rear cross member) the load-bearingbodywork or the chassis of the towing vehicle

217 The fifth wheel coupling in Section 137 are plate-like couplingdevices used on towing vehicles having an automatic coupling lockand connecting to the fifth wheel coupling pins in Section 138

218 The fifth wheel coupling pins in Section 138 are a coupling devicein the form of a pin for mounting on a semi-trailer and connecting tothe towing vehicle by means of a fifth wheel coupling

219 The mounting plates in Section 139 are all parts and devices usedfor attaching fifth wheel couplings to the frame of the towing vehicleThe mounting plate may have provision to move horizontally (iesliding fifth wheel)

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 6

2110 Steering wedges are components mounted on semi-trailers whichcontrol positive steering of the trailer in conjunction with the fifthwheel coupling

2111 Standard coupling devices are classified in Section 13 and conformto standard dimensions and standard characteristic values as given inthis Directive They are interchangeable within their class inde-pendent of type and manufacturer

2112 Non-standard coupling devices are those of Classes A to J which donot fall under the classification of standard coupling devices butwhich can be connected to standard coupling devices of therelevant classes

2113 The miscellaneous coupling devices for transitional or exceptional usein Section 1310 are mechanical coupling devices which do notbelong to any of the Classes A to J (eg coupling devicesaccording to existing national standards or for heavy transport)

2114 Remote control devices are devices which in the case of an inac-cessible coupling device enable the coupling device to be operatedfrom the side of the vehicle or from the driving cab

2115 Remote indicators are indicating devices which indicate to the vehicledriver in his cab that coupling has been effected and the safetydevices have engaged

2116 A type of mechanical coupling device means a device which does notdiffer in such essential aspects as

21161 class of coupling device

21162 factory mark or trade name

21163 external shape or principal dimensions or other fundamentaldifferences in design

21164 characteristic values D S V and U

2117 A coupling procedure is automatic if reversing the towing vehicleagainst the trailer is sufficient to engage the coupling completelyand properly without any external intervention to secure it automa-tically and to indicate proper engagement of the safety devices Anautomatic coupling procedure requires the use of automatic couplings

2118 The lsquoD-valuersquo is defined as the theoretical reference force for thehorizontal force between towing vehicle and trailer

The D-value is taken as the basis for horizontal loads in the dynamictests

For mechanical coupling devices unsuitable for transmitting verticalbearing loads the value is

D frac14 g T R

T thorn Rethk NTHORN

For mechanical coupling devices suitable for centre axle trailers thevalue is

Dc frac14 g T C

T thorn Cethk NTHORN

For fifth wheel couplings on towing tractors and vehicles ofcomparable type the value is

D frac14 g 0 6 T R

T thorn R Uethk NTHORN

where

T = technically permissible maximum mass in tonnes of the towingvehicle (also towing tractors) including if necessary thevertical load of a centre axle trailer

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 7

R = technically permissible maximum mass in tonnes of the fulltrailer with drawbar free to move in the vertical plane or ofthe semi-trailer

C = sum of the axle loads of the centre axle trailer carryingmaximum permissible load in tonnes (see Section 2120)

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in tonnes

S = the static vertical load S in kg is the proportion of the mass ofthe centre axle trailer exerted under static conditions at thecoupling point

g = acceleration due to gravity (assumed as 981 ms2)

2119 The lsquoV-valuersquo is defined as the theoretical reference force for theamplitude of the vertical force between towing vehicle and centreaxle trailers having a maximum mass exceeding 35 tonnes (seeSection 2121) The V-value is taken as a basis for the vertical testloads in the dynamic tests

V frac14 a X2

l2 C

where

a is an equivalent vertical acceleration in the coupling pointdependent on the kind of suspension on the rear axle(s) ofthe towing vehicle including a constant factor

a1 = 18 ms2 for vehicles with air suspension or equivalent(as defined in Directive 853EEC) (1)

a2 = 24 ms2 for vehicles with other suspension

x is the length of the loading area of the trailer in metres (seeFigure 1)

l is the theoretical drawbar length ie the distance between thecentre of the drawbar eye and the centre of the axle assemblyin metres (see Figure 1)

x2

l2 = ge 10 (where the result is a value less than 10 the value usedshould be at least 1)

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 8

(1) OJ No L 2 3 1 1985 p 14

2120 lsquoCentre-axle trailerrsquo means a towed vehicle equipped with a towingdevice which cannot move vertically (in relation to the trailer) and inwhich the axle(s) is (are) positioned close to the centre of gravity ofthe vehicle (when uniformly loaded) such that only a small verticalload not exceeding 10 of the maximum mass of the trailer of1 000 kg (whichever is the lesser) is transmitted to the drawingvehicle

The maximum mass of a centre-axle trailer to be taken into consid-eration shall be the mass transmitted to the ground by the axle(s) ofthe centre-axle trailer when coupled to the drawing vehicle and ladenwith a maximum load

2121 For vehicles not falling clearly in any of the above categories theyshall be treated in the same way as the type they most closelyresemble

2122 lsquoVehicle typersquo means vehicles which do not differ with respect to thefollowing main characteristics the structure dimensions shape andmaterials of the relevant parts concerning the fixing of the couplingdevice of the towing vehicle or the front part in the case of a trailerin so far as they have a bearing on the requirements of Annex VII

3 EEC TYPE-APPROVAL FOR A COMPONENT

31 Application for EEC type-approval

311 The application for EEC type-approval pursuant to Article 3 (4) ofDirective 70156EEC of a type of a mechanical coupling device shallbe submitted by the manufacturer

312 A model for the information document is given in Annex III

313 The following must be submitted to the technical service responsiblefor conducting the type-approval tests

3131 a mechanical coupling device representative for this type whichshould be normally unpainted The technical service or approvalauthorities may also request additional coupling devices

3132 the technical service which performs type-approval testing may alsorequest specific parts such as mounting plates or towing bracketsadditional drawings or samples of materials used

3133 in the case of a mechanical coupling device designed for a specificvehicle type the manufacturer of the coupling device shall alsosubmit the installation data supplied by the vehicle manufacturer inaccordance with Directive 9221EEC (1) the technical service mayrequest that a vehicle representative of that type also be submitted

32 Marking of specimen

321 Each of the specimens of the particular type of coupling device inSection 311 for which an application for EEC component typeapproval has been submitted must be marked as follows

322 factory mark trade name or manufacturers name (and trade mark ifappropriate)

323 type and if applicable version

324 a sufficiently large space for the EEC approval mark and the addi-tional information according to Section 334

33 Granting of EEC type-approval

331 If the relevant requirements are satisfied EEC type-approval pursuantto Article 4 (3) and if applicable Article 4 (4) of Directive 70156EEC shall be granted

332 A model for the EEC type-approval certificate is given in Annex IV

333 An approval number in accordance with Annex VII to Directive70156EEC shall be assigned to each type of mechanical couplingdevice approved The same Member State may not assign the samenumber to another type of a mechanical coupling device

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 9

(1) OJ No L 129 14 5 1992 p 1

334 There shall be affixed conspicuously and in a readily accessible placespecified on the approval form to every mechanical coupling deviceconforming to a type of mechanical coupling device approved underthis Directive an international approval mark consisting of

1 for the Federal Republic of Germany

2 for France

3 for Italy

4 for The Netherlands

6 for Belgium

A1

7 for Hungary

8 for the Czech

B

9 for Spain

11 for the United Kingdom

13 for Luxembourg

18 for Denmark

M1

19 for Romania

A1

20 for Poland

B

21 for Portugal

A1

26 for Slovenia

27 for Slovakia

29 for Estonia

32 for Latvia

M1

34 for Bulgaria

A1

36 for Lithuania

CY for Cyprus

MT for Malta

B

IRL for Ireland

EL for Greece

3341 A rectangle surrounding the letter lsquoersquo followed by the distinguishingnumber of the country which has granted approval

3342 A two-digit number indicating the number of the latest amendmentof the Directive (for this Directive the number is 00) and Section 4 ofthe type-aproval number as given on the EEC type-approval certi-ficate (see Annex IV) near to the rectangle of the approval mark

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 10

3343 The following supplementary marks placed anywhere close to therectangle

mdash class of coupling device

mdash permissible values for D S V and U where applicable

335 The approval mark shall be indelible and clearly legible even whenthe coupling device is attached to the vehicle

336 Annex II to this Directive gives examples of the arrangement of theapproval mark

34 Modification of the type of mechanical coupling device andextension of EEC component type-approval

341 In the case of modification of a type approved pursuant to thisDirective the provisions of Article 5 of Directive 70156EEC shallapply

4 EEC TYPE-APPROVAL FOR A VEHICLE

41 Application for EEC type-approval

411 The application for EEC type-approval pursuant to Article 3 (4) ofDirective 70156EEC of a vehicle type with regard to its type of amechanical coupling device shall be submitted by the manufacturer

412 A model for the information document is given in Annex VIII

413 The following must be submitted to the technical service responsiblefor conducting the type-approval tests

4131 a vehicle representative for this type which may be equipped with anEEC type-approved coupling device

4132 when the vehicle type is provided with a mechanical coupling deviceas first equipment by the vehicle manufacturer type(s) of mechanicalcoupling device(s) including its (their) mounting plate(s) or towingbracket(s) if any furthermore the EEC type-approval for the couplingdevice(s) shall be made available

42 Granting of EEC type-approval

421 If the relevant requirements are satisfied EEC type-approval pursuantto Article 4 (3) and (4) of Directive 70156EEC shall be granted

422 A model for the EEC type-approval certificate is given in Annex IX

423 An approval number in accordance with Annex VII to Directive70156EEC shall be assigned to each type of vehicle approvedThe same Member State shall not assign the same number toanother type of vehicle

43 Modification of the type of vehicle and extension of EEC vehicletype-approval

431 In the case of modification of a type-approval pursuant to thisDirective the provisions of Article 5 of Directive 70156EEC shallapply

432 The holder of an EEC vehicle type-approval can apply for it to beextended to other types or classes of coupling devices

The competent authorities will grant such an extension on thefollowing conditions

4321 EEC component type-approval has already been granted for the othertype of coupling device

4322 it is suitable for the type of vehicle for which the extension of theEEC vehicle type-approval has been applied for

4323 the attachment of the coupling device to the vehicle corresponds tothat proposed for the granting of EEC component type-approval

433 In the case of standard coupling devices in classes A C D and GEEC vehicle type-approval is also valid for other coupling devices ofthe same class without the need for a further mounting check andextension of EEC vehicle type-approval

B

1994L0020 mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001 mdash 11

5 REQUIREMENTS

51 The mechanical coupling devices between motor vehicles and trailersmust be manufactured and attached in accordance with good engi-neering practice and must be safe to operate

52 Safe coupling and uncoupling of the vehicles must be possible by asingle person without the use of tools Only automatic couplingdevices which allow an automatic coupling procedure shall beemployed for the coupling of trailers having a maximum mass ofmore than 35 tonnes

53 The mechanical coupling devices shall be so designed and manu-factured that in normal use with proper maintenance and thetimely replacement of wearing parts they will continue to functionsatisfactorily

54 Every coupling device must be accompanied by installation andoperating instructions giving sufficient information for a competentperson to install it on the vehicle and operate it properly Theinstructions must be in the language or languages of the MemberState in which the coupling device will be offered for sale In thecase of coupling devices supplied for assembly-line use by vehiclebuilders or bodybuilders the provisions of installation and operatinginstructions for each coupling device can be dispensed with It is thenthe responsibility of the vehicle builder or bodybuilder to ensure thatthe vehicle operator is provided with the information necessary foroperating the coupling device

55 The materials that may be used are those for which the propertiesrelevant to the application are laid down in a standard or those forwhich the properties are given in the documentation according toSection 312 of this Annex

56 All parts of the mechanical coupling devices whose failure couldresult in separation of the two vehicles must be made of steelOther materials may be used provided equivalence has been demon-strated by the manufacturer to the satisfaction of the TechnicalService

57 All couplings must be designed for positive mechanical engagementand the closed position must be secured at least once by positivemechanical engagement unless further requirements are stated inAnnex V

58 The mechanical coupling devices must satisfy the requirements ofAnnex V

59 Loading requirements

591 Mechanical coupling devices are subject to the tests described inAnnex VI

592 These tests must not cause any cracks fractures or other visibleexternal damage or any excessive permanent distortion whichwould be detrimental to the satisfactory operation of the device

510 The installation of the mechanical coupling devices to the vehiclemust be checked according to the requirements given in AnnexVII This requirement should apply to both EEC type-approval of avehicle when the vehicle type is provided with a mechanicalcoupling device as first equipment by the vehicle manufacturer andEEC type-approval of a mechanical coupling device designed for aspecific vehicle type

511 The abovementioned requirements and those of Annexes V VI andVII are also applicable as relevant to miscellaneous coupling devices(Class S)

6 CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION

61 As a general rule measures to ensure the conformity of productionshall be taken in accordance with the provisions laid down in Article10 of Directive 70156EEC

62 The normal frequency of inspections to be carried out by thecompetent authority shall be one per year

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 12

ANNEX II

(a) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar coupling of Class C 50-X with a maximum permittedD value of 130 kN a maximum permitted Dc value of 90 kN a maximumpermitted static vertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permittedV-value of 35 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted inthe Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0207 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(b) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar eye

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar eye 50 of Class D 50-X for welding attachment havinga D value of 130 kN a Dc value of 100 kN a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of50 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1934 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 13

(c) Specimen EEC approval mark for a fifth wheel coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling of Class G 50-X having a maximumpermitted D value of 180 kN and a maximum permitted fifth wheel loadof 26 tonnes for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0015 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(d) Specimen EEC approval marking for a fifth wheel coupling pin

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling pin of Class H 50-X having a D value of162 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in the FederalRepublic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1989 The first two digits 00indicate that this component was approved according to the original form ofthis Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 14

(e) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling ball and towingbrackets

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling ball and towing brackets of Class A 50-X having amaximum permitted D value of 18 kN and a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EEC component type-approvalwas granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number0304 The first two digits 00 indicate that this component was approvedaccordintg to the original form to this Directive

(f) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling head

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling head of Class B 50-X having a D value of 18 kN anda maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EECcomponent type-approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e1) under the number 1993 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 15

(g) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is adrawbar for a centre-axle trailer of Class E with a maximum permitted Dvalue of 109 kN a maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of 50 kN for which EECcomponent type approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany(e 1) under the number 0013 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 16

ANNEX III

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 17

ANNEX IV

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 18

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 19

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 20

ANNEX V

Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

1 COUPLING BALLS AND TOWING BRACKETS

The requirements stated in 11 to 14 are applicable to all coupling ballsand towing brackets of Class A Section 15 lists additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard coupling balls 50 and flange typetowing brackets

11 Coupling balls of Class A must conform to Figure 2 in shape anddimensions

12 The shape and the dimensions of the towing brackets have to meet therequirements of the vehicle manufacturer concerning the attachmentpoints and additional mounting devices if necessary

13 In the case of removable coupling balls the point of connection and theirlocking must be designed for positive mechanical engagement

14 Coupling balls and towing devices must be able to satisfy the tests laiddown in Annex VI Section 41

15 Special requirements for standard coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets of Classes A 50-1 A 50-2 and A 50-3

151 Dimensions of Class A 50-1 coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets must be as given in Figure 3 and Table 1 The clearancespace for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30 must berespected

152 Dimensions of Class A 50-2 and Class A 50-3 coupling balls and flangetype towing brackets must be as given in Figure 4 and Table 1 Theclearance space for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30must be respected

153 Coupling balls and flange type towing brackets of the Classes A 50-1 A50-2 and A 50-3 must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 2

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 21

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 22

TABLE 1

Dimensions of standard ball couplings and flange type towingrackets (mm)

(see Figures 3 and 4)

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3 Remarks

e1 90 83 120 plusmn05

e2 mdash 56 55 plusmn05

d2 17 105 15 H13

f 130 110 155 +6-0

g 50 85 90 +6-0

c 15 15 15 maximum

l 55 110 120 plusmn5

h 70 80 80 plusmn5

TABLE 2

Characteristic values for standard ball couplings and flange typetowing brackets

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3

D 17 20 30

S 120 120 120

D = maximum D-value (kN)S = maximum static vertical load (kg)

2 COUPLING HEADS

21 Coupling heads of Class B 50 must be designed so that they can beused safely with the coupling balls described in Section 1 of this Annexand thereby retain the prescribed characteristics

Coupling heads must be designed in such a way that safe coupling isensured also taking into account the wear of the coupling devices

22 Coupling heads must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in Annex VISection 42

23 Any additional device (e g braking stabilizer etc) shall not have anyadverse effect on the mechanical connection

24 Horizontal rotation of the coupling head at least 90deg to either side of thecentreline of the coupling ball and mounting described in Section 1 ofthis Annex when not attached to the vehicle must be possible Simulta-neously there must be an angle of free vertical movement 20deg above andbelow the horizontal Also in conjunction with the horizontal angel ofrotation of 90deg it must be possible for there to be 25deg of roll in bothdirections about the horizontal axis The following combinations ofmotions must be possible

mdash vertical pitch plusmn 15deg with acial roll plusmn 25deg

mdash axial roll plusmn 10deg with vertical pitch plusmn 20deg

at all angles of horizontal rotation

3 DRAWBAR COUPLINGS

The requirements of Sections 31 to 38 are applicable to all drawbarcouplings of Class C 50 Section 39 lists the additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard drawbar couplings of Classes C 50-1 to C 50-6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 23

31 Load requirements

All drawbar couplings shall be able to satisfy the tests stated in AnnexVI Section 43

32 Suitable drawbar eyes

Class C 50 drawbar couplings shall be compatible with all Class D 50drawbar eyes and coupling with the specified characteristics

33 Automatic operation

Drawbar couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

34 Jaw

Class C 50 drawbar couplings must have a jaw which is designed suchthat the appropriate drawbar eyes is guided into the coupling

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the vertical axisit must establish itself automatically in the normal position and with thecoupling pin open be effectively restrained in this position to givesatisfactory guidance for the drawbar eye during the coupling procedure

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the transverseaxis the joint providing the rotation capability must be restrained in itsnormal position by a locking torque This torque must be sufficient toprevent a force of 200 N acting vertically upwards on the top of the jawproducing any deflection of the joint from its normal position It mustbe possible to bring the jaw to its normal position manually A jaw thatpivots about the transverse axis is only approved for vertical bearingloads S of up to 50 kg and a V-value of up to 5 kN

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw is pivoted about the longitudinalaxis the rotation must be restrained by a locking torque of at least100 Nm

The minimum required size of the jaw depends on the D value of thecoupling

D-value le 18 kN width 150 mm height 100 mm

18 kN lt D-value le 25 kN width 280 mm height 170 mm

25 kN lt D-value width 360 mm height 200 mm

The external corners of the jaw may be radiused

Smaller jaws are permitted for Class C 50-X drawbar coupling if theiruse is restricted to centre-axle trailers up to 35 tonnes maximumpermissible mass or if the use of a jaw from the above table isimpossible due to technical reasons and if furthermore there arespecial circumstances such as visual aids for ensuring safe executionof the automatic coupling procedure and if the field of application isrestricted in the approval according to Annex III

35 Minimum freedom of movement of the coupled drawbar eye

The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate horizontally plusmn 90deg aboutthe vertical axis from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (see Figure 5)The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate vertically plusmn 20deg aboutthe transverse axis from the horizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure6) If the motion is provided by a special joint (only on Class C 50-Xdrawbar couplings) the field of application given in the approvalaccording to Annex III must be restricted to the cases stated inAnnex VII Section 237 It must be possible for the coupled drawbareye to be rotated axially plusmn 25deg about the longitudinal axis from thehorizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure 7)

The stated angles of rotation are applicable to drawbar couplings notattached to the vehicle

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 24

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 6: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

1371 Class G 50 Standard fifth wheel couplings 50 (seeAnnex V Figure 15 Table 7)

1372 Class G 50-X Non-standard fifth wheel couplings 50

138 Class H Fifth wheel coupling pins

1381 Class H 50-X Non-standard fifth wheel coupling pins50

139 Class J Non-standard mounting plates

1310 Class S Non-standard miscellaneous couplingdevices

2 DEFINITIONS

21 Mechanical coupling devices between motor vehicles and trailers areall parts and devices on the frames load-bearing parts of thebodywork and chassis of the vehicles by means of which towingand towed vehicles are connected together

It also includes fixed or detachable parts for the attachmentadjustment or operation of the abovementioned coupling devices

211 The coupling balls and towing brackets in Section 131 aremechanical coupling devices employing a spherical device andbrackets on the towing vehicle for connecting to the trailer bymeans of a coupling head

212 The coupling heads in Section 132 are mechanical coupling deviceson the drawbar of trailers for connecting to a coupling ball on thetowing vehicle

213 The drawbar couplings in Section 133 are mechanical couplingdevices with a jaw and an automatic closing and locking pin onthe towing vehicle for connecting to the trailer by means of adrawbar eye

214 The drawbar eyes in Section 134 are mechanical coupling deviceson the drawbar of trailers having a parallel hole for connecting to theautomatic drawbar couplings

215 The drawbars in Section 135 comprise overrun devices and similaritems of equipment mounted on the front of the towed vehicle or tothe vehicle chassis which is suitable for coupling to a towing vehicleby means of drawbar eyes coupling heads and similar couplingdevices

Drawbars can be attached to the trailer so as to move freely in thevertical plane and therefore support no vertical load so called hingeddrawbars or be fixed in the vertical plane so as to support a verticalload so called rigid drawbars Drawbars fixed in the vertical planecan be either rigid or sprung

Drawbars may also comprise more than one component be adjustableor cranked This Directive concerns drawbars only of the type whichforms a separate unit which is not part of the chassis of the towedvehicle

216 The drawbeams in Section 136 are all parts and devices placedbetween the coupling devices such as coupling balls and drawbarcouplings and the frame (eg rear cross member) the load-bearingbodywork or the chassis of the towing vehicle

217 The fifth wheel coupling in Section 137 are plate-like couplingdevices used on towing vehicles having an automatic coupling lockand connecting to the fifth wheel coupling pins in Section 138

218 The fifth wheel coupling pins in Section 138 are a coupling devicein the form of a pin for mounting on a semi-trailer and connecting tothe towing vehicle by means of a fifth wheel coupling

219 The mounting plates in Section 139 are all parts and devices usedfor attaching fifth wheel couplings to the frame of the towing vehicleThe mounting plate may have provision to move horizontally (iesliding fifth wheel)

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 6

2110 Steering wedges are components mounted on semi-trailers whichcontrol positive steering of the trailer in conjunction with the fifthwheel coupling

2111 Standard coupling devices are classified in Section 13 and conformto standard dimensions and standard characteristic values as given inthis Directive They are interchangeable within their class inde-pendent of type and manufacturer

2112 Non-standard coupling devices are those of Classes A to J which donot fall under the classification of standard coupling devices butwhich can be connected to standard coupling devices of therelevant classes

2113 The miscellaneous coupling devices for transitional or exceptional usein Section 1310 are mechanical coupling devices which do notbelong to any of the Classes A to J (eg coupling devicesaccording to existing national standards or for heavy transport)

2114 Remote control devices are devices which in the case of an inac-cessible coupling device enable the coupling device to be operatedfrom the side of the vehicle or from the driving cab

2115 Remote indicators are indicating devices which indicate to the vehicledriver in his cab that coupling has been effected and the safetydevices have engaged

2116 A type of mechanical coupling device means a device which does notdiffer in such essential aspects as

21161 class of coupling device

21162 factory mark or trade name

21163 external shape or principal dimensions or other fundamentaldifferences in design

21164 characteristic values D S V and U

2117 A coupling procedure is automatic if reversing the towing vehicleagainst the trailer is sufficient to engage the coupling completelyand properly without any external intervention to secure it automa-tically and to indicate proper engagement of the safety devices Anautomatic coupling procedure requires the use of automatic couplings

2118 The lsquoD-valuersquo is defined as the theoretical reference force for thehorizontal force between towing vehicle and trailer

The D-value is taken as the basis for horizontal loads in the dynamictests

For mechanical coupling devices unsuitable for transmitting verticalbearing loads the value is

D frac14 g T R

T thorn Rethk NTHORN

For mechanical coupling devices suitable for centre axle trailers thevalue is

Dc frac14 g T C

T thorn Cethk NTHORN

For fifth wheel couplings on towing tractors and vehicles ofcomparable type the value is

D frac14 g 0 6 T R

T thorn R Uethk NTHORN

where

T = technically permissible maximum mass in tonnes of the towingvehicle (also towing tractors) including if necessary thevertical load of a centre axle trailer

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 7

R = technically permissible maximum mass in tonnes of the fulltrailer with drawbar free to move in the vertical plane or ofthe semi-trailer

C = sum of the axle loads of the centre axle trailer carryingmaximum permissible load in tonnes (see Section 2120)

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in tonnes

S = the static vertical load S in kg is the proportion of the mass ofthe centre axle trailer exerted under static conditions at thecoupling point

g = acceleration due to gravity (assumed as 981 ms2)

2119 The lsquoV-valuersquo is defined as the theoretical reference force for theamplitude of the vertical force between towing vehicle and centreaxle trailers having a maximum mass exceeding 35 tonnes (seeSection 2121) The V-value is taken as a basis for the vertical testloads in the dynamic tests

V frac14 a X2

l2 C

where

a is an equivalent vertical acceleration in the coupling pointdependent on the kind of suspension on the rear axle(s) ofthe towing vehicle including a constant factor

a1 = 18 ms2 for vehicles with air suspension or equivalent(as defined in Directive 853EEC) (1)

a2 = 24 ms2 for vehicles with other suspension

x is the length of the loading area of the trailer in metres (seeFigure 1)

l is the theoretical drawbar length ie the distance between thecentre of the drawbar eye and the centre of the axle assemblyin metres (see Figure 1)

x2

l2 = ge 10 (where the result is a value less than 10 the value usedshould be at least 1)

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 8

(1) OJ No L 2 3 1 1985 p 14

2120 lsquoCentre-axle trailerrsquo means a towed vehicle equipped with a towingdevice which cannot move vertically (in relation to the trailer) and inwhich the axle(s) is (are) positioned close to the centre of gravity ofthe vehicle (when uniformly loaded) such that only a small verticalload not exceeding 10 of the maximum mass of the trailer of1 000 kg (whichever is the lesser) is transmitted to the drawingvehicle

The maximum mass of a centre-axle trailer to be taken into consid-eration shall be the mass transmitted to the ground by the axle(s) ofthe centre-axle trailer when coupled to the drawing vehicle and ladenwith a maximum load

2121 For vehicles not falling clearly in any of the above categories theyshall be treated in the same way as the type they most closelyresemble

2122 lsquoVehicle typersquo means vehicles which do not differ with respect to thefollowing main characteristics the structure dimensions shape andmaterials of the relevant parts concerning the fixing of the couplingdevice of the towing vehicle or the front part in the case of a trailerin so far as they have a bearing on the requirements of Annex VII

3 EEC TYPE-APPROVAL FOR A COMPONENT

31 Application for EEC type-approval

311 The application for EEC type-approval pursuant to Article 3 (4) ofDirective 70156EEC of a type of a mechanical coupling device shallbe submitted by the manufacturer

312 A model for the information document is given in Annex III

313 The following must be submitted to the technical service responsiblefor conducting the type-approval tests

3131 a mechanical coupling device representative for this type whichshould be normally unpainted The technical service or approvalauthorities may also request additional coupling devices

3132 the technical service which performs type-approval testing may alsorequest specific parts such as mounting plates or towing bracketsadditional drawings or samples of materials used

3133 in the case of a mechanical coupling device designed for a specificvehicle type the manufacturer of the coupling device shall alsosubmit the installation data supplied by the vehicle manufacturer inaccordance with Directive 9221EEC (1) the technical service mayrequest that a vehicle representative of that type also be submitted

32 Marking of specimen

321 Each of the specimens of the particular type of coupling device inSection 311 for which an application for EEC component typeapproval has been submitted must be marked as follows

322 factory mark trade name or manufacturers name (and trade mark ifappropriate)

323 type and if applicable version

324 a sufficiently large space for the EEC approval mark and the addi-tional information according to Section 334

33 Granting of EEC type-approval

331 If the relevant requirements are satisfied EEC type-approval pursuantto Article 4 (3) and if applicable Article 4 (4) of Directive 70156EEC shall be granted

332 A model for the EEC type-approval certificate is given in Annex IV

333 An approval number in accordance with Annex VII to Directive70156EEC shall be assigned to each type of mechanical couplingdevice approved The same Member State may not assign the samenumber to another type of a mechanical coupling device

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 9

(1) OJ No L 129 14 5 1992 p 1

334 There shall be affixed conspicuously and in a readily accessible placespecified on the approval form to every mechanical coupling deviceconforming to a type of mechanical coupling device approved underthis Directive an international approval mark consisting of

1 for the Federal Republic of Germany

2 for France

3 for Italy

4 for The Netherlands

6 for Belgium

A1

7 for Hungary

8 for the Czech

B

9 for Spain

11 for the United Kingdom

13 for Luxembourg

18 for Denmark

M1

19 for Romania

A1

20 for Poland

B

21 for Portugal

A1

26 for Slovenia

27 for Slovakia

29 for Estonia

32 for Latvia

M1

34 for Bulgaria

A1

36 for Lithuania

CY for Cyprus

MT for Malta

B

IRL for Ireland

EL for Greece

3341 A rectangle surrounding the letter lsquoersquo followed by the distinguishingnumber of the country which has granted approval

3342 A two-digit number indicating the number of the latest amendmentof the Directive (for this Directive the number is 00) and Section 4 ofthe type-aproval number as given on the EEC type-approval certi-ficate (see Annex IV) near to the rectangle of the approval mark

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 10

3343 The following supplementary marks placed anywhere close to therectangle

mdash class of coupling device

mdash permissible values for D S V and U where applicable

335 The approval mark shall be indelible and clearly legible even whenthe coupling device is attached to the vehicle

336 Annex II to this Directive gives examples of the arrangement of theapproval mark

34 Modification of the type of mechanical coupling device andextension of EEC component type-approval

341 In the case of modification of a type approved pursuant to thisDirective the provisions of Article 5 of Directive 70156EEC shallapply

4 EEC TYPE-APPROVAL FOR A VEHICLE

41 Application for EEC type-approval

411 The application for EEC type-approval pursuant to Article 3 (4) ofDirective 70156EEC of a vehicle type with regard to its type of amechanical coupling device shall be submitted by the manufacturer

412 A model for the information document is given in Annex VIII

413 The following must be submitted to the technical service responsiblefor conducting the type-approval tests

4131 a vehicle representative for this type which may be equipped with anEEC type-approved coupling device

4132 when the vehicle type is provided with a mechanical coupling deviceas first equipment by the vehicle manufacturer type(s) of mechanicalcoupling device(s) including its (their) mounting plate(s) or towingbracket(s) if any furthermore the EEC type-approval for the couplingdevice(s) shall be made available

42 Granting of EEC type-approval

421 If the relevant requirements are satisfied EEC type-approval pursuantto Article 4 (3) and (4) of Directive 70156EEC shall be granted

422 A model for the EEC type-approval certificate is given in Annex IX

423 An approval number in accordance with Annex VII to Directive70156EEC shall be assigned to each type of vehicle approvedThe same Member State shall not assign the same number toanother type of vehicle

43 Modification of the type of vehicle and extension of EEC vehicletype-approval

431 In the case of modification of a type-approval pursuant to thisDirective the provisions of Article 5 of Directive 70156EEC shallapply

432 The holder of an EEC vehicle type-approval can apply for it to beextended to other types or classes of coupling devices

The competent authorities will grant such an extension on thefollowing conditions

4321 EEC component type-approval has already been granted for the othertype of coupling device

4322 it is suitable for the type of vehicle for which the extension of theEEC vehicle type-approval has been applied for

4323 the attachment of the coupling device to the vehicle corresponds tothat proposed for the granting of EEC component type-approval

433 In the case of standard coupling devices in classes A C D and GEEC vehicle type-approval is also valid for other coupling devices ofthe same class without the need for a further mounting check andextension of EEC vehicle type-approval

B

1994L0020 mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001 mdash 11

5 REQUIREMENTS

51 The mechanical coupling devices between motor vehicles and trailersmust be manufactured and attached in accordance with good engi-neering practice and must be safe to operate

52 Safe coupling and uncoupling of the vehicles must be possible by asingle person without the use of tools Only automatic couplingdevices which allow an automatic coupling procedure shall beemployed for the coupling of trailers having a maximum mass ofmore than 35 tonnes

53 The mechanical coupling devices shall be so designed and manu-factured that in normal use with proper maintenance and thetimely replacement of wearing parts they will continue to functionsatisfactorily

54 Every coupling device must be accompanied by installation andoperating instructions giving sufficient information for a competentperson to install it on the vehicle and operate it properly Theinstructions must be in the language or languages of the MemberState in which the coupling device will be offered for sale In thecase of coupling devices supplied for assembly-line use by vehiclebuilders or bodybuilders the provisions of installation and operatinginstructions for each coupling device can be dispensed with It is thenthe responsibility of the vehicle builder or bodybuilder to ensure thatthe vehicle operator is provided with the information necessary foroperating the coupling device

55 The materials that may be used are those for which the propertiesrelevant to the application are laid down in a standard or those forwhich the properties are given in the documentation according toSection 312 of this Annex

56 All parts of the mechanical coupling devices whose failure couldresult in separation of the two vehicles must be made of steelOther materials may be used provided equivalence has been demon-strated by the manufacturer to the satisfaction of the TechnicalService

57 All couplings must be designed for positive mechanical engagementand the closed position must be secured at least once by positivemechanical engagement unless further requirements are stated inAnnex V

58 The mechanical coupling devices must satisfy the requirements ofAnnex V

59 Loading requirements

591 Mechanical coupling devices are subject to the tests described inAnnex VI

592 These tests must not cause any cracks fractures or other visibleexternal damage or any excessive permanent distortion whichwould be detrimental to the satisfactory operation of the device

510 The installation of the mechanical coupling devices to the vehiclemust be checked according to the requirements given in AnnexVII This requirement should apply to both EEC type-approval of avehicle when the vehicle type is provided with a mechanicalcoupling device as first equipment by the vehicle manufacturer andEEC type-approval of a mechanical coupling device designed for aspecific vehicle type

511 The abovementioned requirements and those of Annexes V VI andVII are also applicable as relevant to miscellaneous coupling devices(Class S)

6 CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION

61 As a general rule measures to ensure the conformity of productionshall be taken in accordance with the provisions laid down in Article10 of Directive 70156EEC

62 The normal frequency of inspections to be carried out by thecompetent authority shall be one per year

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 12

ANNEX II

(a) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar coupling of Class C 50-X with a maximum permittedD value of 130 kN a maximum permitted Dc value of 90 kN a maximumpermitted static vertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permittedV-value of 35 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted inthe Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0207 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(b) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar eye

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar eye 50 of Class D 50-X for welding attachment havinga D value of 130 kN a Dc value of 100 kN a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of50 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1934 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 13

(c) Specimen EEC approval mark for a fifth wheel coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling of Class G 50-X having a maximumpermitted D value of 180 kN and a maximum permitted fifth wheel loadof 26 tonnes for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0015 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(d) Specimen EEC approval marking for a fifth wheel coupling pin

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling pin of Class H 50-X having a D value of162 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in the FederalRepublic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1989 The first two digits 00indicate that this component was approved according to the original form ofthis Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 14

(e) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling ball and towingbrackets

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling ball and towing brackets of Class A 50-X having amaximum permitted D value of 18 kN and a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EEC component type-approvalwas granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number0304 The first two digits 00 indicate that this component was approvedaccordintg to the original form to this Directive

(f) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling head

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling head of Class B 50-X having a D value of 18 kN anda maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EECcomponent type-approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e1) under the number 1993 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 15

(g) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is adrawbar for a centre-axle trailer of Class E with a maximum permitted Dvalue of 109 kN a maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of 50 kN for which EECcomponent type approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany(e 1) under the number 0013 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 16

ANNEX III

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 17

ANNEX IV

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 18

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 19

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 20

ANNEX V

Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

1 COUPLING BALLS AND TOWING BRACKETS

The requirements stated in 11 to 14 are applicable to all coupling ballsand towing brackets of Class A Section 15 lists additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard coupling balls 50 and flange typetowing brackets

11 Coupling balls of Class A must conform to Figure 2 in shape anddimensions

12 The shape and the dimensions of the towing brackets have to meet therequirements of the vehicle manufacturer concerning the attachmentpoints and additional mounting devices if necessary

13 In the case of removable coupling balls the point of connection and theirlocking must be designed for positive mechanical engagement

14 Coupling balls and towing devices must be able to satisfy the tests laiddown in Annex VI Section 41

15 Special requirements for standard coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets of Classes A 50-1 A 50-2 and A 50-3

151 Dimensions of Class A 50-1 coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets must be as given in Figure 3 and Table 1 The clearancespace for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30 must berespected

152 Dimensions of Class A 50-2 and Class A 50-3 coupling balls and flangetype towing brackets must be as given in Figure 4 and Table 1 Theclearance space for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30must be respected

153 Coupling balls and flange type towing brackets of the Classes A 50-1 A50-2 and A 50-3 must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 2

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 21

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 22

TABLE 1

Dimensions of standard ball couplings and flange type towingrackets (mm)

(see Figures 3 and 4)

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3 Remarks

e1 90 83 120 plusmn05

e2 mdash 56 55 plusmn05

d2 17 105 15 H13

f 130 110 155 +6-0

g 50 85 90 +6-0

c 15 15 15 maximum

l 55 110 120 plusmn5

h 70 80 80 plusmn5

TABLE 2

Characteristic values for standard ball couplings and flange typetowing brackets

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3

D 17 20 30

S 120 120 120

D = maximum D-value (kN)S = maximum static vertical load (kg)

2 COUPLING HEADS

21 Coupling heads of Class B 50 must be designed so that they can beused safely with the coupling balls described in Section 1 of this Annexand thereby retain the prescribed characteristics

Coupling heads must be designed in such a way that safe coupling isensured also taking into account the wear of the coupling devices

22 Coupling heads must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in Annex VISection 42

23 Any additional device (e g braking stabilizer etc) shall not have anyadverse effect on the mechanical connection

24 Horizontal rotation of the coupling head at least 90deg to either side of thecentreline of the coupling ball and mounting described in Section 1 ofthis Annex when not attached to the vehicle must be possible Simulta-neously there must be an angle of free vertical movement 20deg above andbelow the horizontal Also in conjunction with the horizontal angel ofrotation of 90deg it must be possible for there to be 25deg of roll in bothdirections about the horizontal axis The following combinations ofmotions must be possible

mdash vertical pitch plusmn 15deg with acial roll plusmn 25deg

mdash axial roll plusmn 10deg with vertical pitch plusmn 20deg

at all angles of horizontal rotation

3 DRAWBAR COUPLINGS

The requirements of Sections 31 to 38 are applicable to all drawbarcouplings of Class C 50 Section 39 lists the additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard drawbar couplings of Classes C 50-1 to C 50-6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 23

31 Load requirements

All drawbar couplings shall be able to satisfy the tests stated in AnnexVI Section 43

32 Suitable drawbar eyes

Class C 50 drawbar couplings shall be compatible with all Class D 50drawbar eyes and coupling with the specified characteristics

33 Automatic operation

Drawbar couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

34 Jaw

Class C 50 drawbar couplings must have a jaw which is designed suchthat the appropriate drawbar eyes is guided into the coupling

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the vertical axisit must establish itself automatically in the normal position and with thecoupling pin open be effectively restrained in this position to givesatisfactory guidance for the drawbar eye during the coupling procedure

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the transverseaxis the joint providing the rotation capability must be restrained in itsnormal position by a locking torque This torque must be sufficient toprevent a force of 200 N acting vertically upwards on the top of the jawproducing any deflection of the joint from its normal position It mustbe possible to bring the jaw to its normal position manually A jaw thatpivots about the transverse axis is only approved for vertical bearingloads S of up to 50 kg and a V-value of up to 5 kN

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw is pivoted about the longitudinalaxis the rotation must be restrained by a locking torque of at least100 Nm

The minimum required size of the jaw depends on the D value of thecoupling

D-value le 18 kN width 150 mm height 100 mm

18 kN lt D-value le 25 kN width 280 mm height 170 mm

25 kN lt D-value width 360 mm height 200 mm

The external corners of the jaw may be radiused

Smaller jaws are permitted for Class C 50-X drawbar coupling if theiruse is restricted to centre-axle trailers up to 35 tonnes maximumpermissible mass or if the use of a jaw from the above table isimpossible due to technical reasons and if furthermore there arespecial circumstances such as visual aids for ensuring safe executionof the automatic coupling procedure and if the field of application isrestricted in the approval according to Annex III

35 Minimum freedom of movement of the coupled drawbar eye

The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate horizontally plusmn 90deg aboutthe vertical axis from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (see Figure 5)The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate vertically plusmn 20deg aboutthe transverse axis from the horizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure6) If the motion is provided by a special joint (only on Class C 50-Xdrawbar couplings) the field of application given in the approvalaccording to Annex III must be restricted to the cases stated inAnnex VII Section 237 It must be possible for the coupled drawbareye to be rotated axially plusmn 25deg about the longitudinal axis from thehorizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure 7)

The stated angles of rotation are applicable to drawbar couplings notattached to the vehicle

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 24

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 7: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

2110 Steering wedges are components mounted on semi-trailers whichcontrol positive steering of the trailer in conjunction with the fifthwheel coupling

2111 Standard coupling devices are classified in Section 13 and conformto standard dimensions and standard characteristic values as given inthis Directive They are interchangeable within their class inde-pendent of type and manufacturer

2112 Non-standard coupling devices are those of Classes A to J which donot fall under the classification of standard coupling devices butwhich can be connected to standard coupling devices of therelevant classes

2113 The miscellaneous coupling devices for transitional or exceptional usein Section 1310 are mechanical coupling devices which do notbelong to any of the Classes A to J (eg coupling devicesaccording to existing national standards or for heavy transport)

2114 Remote control devices are devices which in the case of an inac-cessible coupling device enable the coupling device to be operatedfrom the side of the vehicle or from the driving cab

2115 Remote indicators are indicating devices which indicate to the vehicledriver in his cab that coupling has been effected and the safetydevices have engaged

2116 A type of mechanical coupling device means a device which does notdiffer in such essential aspects as

21161 class of coupling device

21162 factory mark or trade name

21163 external shape or principal dimensions or other fundamentaldifferences in design

21164 characteristic values D S V and U

2117 A coupling procedure is automatic if reversing the towing vehicleagainst the trailer is sufficient to engage the coupling completelyand properly without any external intervention to secure it automa-tically and to indicate proper engagement of the safety devices Anautomatic coupling procedure requires the use of automatic couplings

2118 The lsquoD-valuersquo is defined as the theoretical reference force for thehorizontal force between towing vehicle and trailer

The D-value is taken as the basis for horizontal loads in the dynamictests

For mechanical coupling devices unsuitable for transmitting verticalbearing loads the value is

D frac14 g T R

T thorn Rethk NTHORN

For mechanical coupling devices suitable for centre axle trailers thevalue is

Dc frac14 g T C

T thorn Cethk NTHORN

For fifth wheel couplings on towing tractors and vehicles ofcomparable type the value is

D frac14 g 0 6 T R

T thorn R Uethk NTHORN

where

T = technically permissible maximum mass in tonnes of the towingvehicle (also towing tractors) including if necessary thevertical load of a centre axle trailer

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 7

R = technically permissible maximum mass in tonnes of the fulltrailer with drawbar free to move in the vertical plane or ofthe semi-trailer

C = sum of the axle loads of the centre axle trailer carryingmaximum permissible load in tonnes (see Section 2120)

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in tonnes

S = the static vertical load S in kg is the proportion of the mass ofthe centre axle trailer exerted under static conditions at thecoupling point

g = acceleration due to gravity (assumed as 981 ms2)

2119 The lsquoV-valuersquo is defined as the theoretical reference force for theamplitude of the vertical force between towing vehicle and centreaxle trailers having a maximum mass exceeding 35 tonnes (seeSection 2121) The V-value is taken as a basis for the vertical testloads in the dynamic tests

V frac14 a X2

l2 C

where

a is an equivalent vertical acceleration in the coupling pointdependent on the kind of suspension on the rear axle(s) ofthe towing vehicle including a constant factor

a1 = 18 ms2 for vehicles with air suspension or equivalent(as defined in Directive 853EEC) (1)

a2 = 24 ms2 for vehicles with other suspension

x is the length of the loading area of the trailer in metres (seeFigure 1)

l is the theoretical drawbar length ie the distance between thecentre of the drawbar eye and the centre of the axle assemblyin metres (see Figure 1)

x2

l2 = ge 10 (where the result is a value less than 10 the value usedshould be at least 1)

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 8

(1) OJ No L 2 3 1 1985 p 14

2120 lsquoCentre-axle trailerrsquo means a towed vehicle equipped with a towingdevice which cannot move vertically (in relation to the trailer) and inwhich the axle(s) is (are) positioned close to the centre of gravity ofthe vehicle (when uniformly loaded) such that only a small verticalload not exceeding 10 of the maximum mass of the trailer of1 000 kg (whichever is the lesser) is transmitted to the drawingvehicle

The maximum mass of a centre-axle trailer to be taken into consid-eration shall be the mass transmitted to the ground by the axle(s) ofthe centre-axle trailer when coupled to the drawing vehicle and ladenwith a maximum load

2121 For vehicles not falling clearly in any of the above categories theyshall be treated in the same way as the type they most closelyresemble

2122 lsquoVehicle typersquo means vehicles which do not differ with respect to thefollowing main characteristics the structure dimensions shape andmaterials of the relevant parts concerning the fixing of the couplingdevice of the towing vehicle or the front part in the case of a trailerin so far as they have a bearing on the requirements of Annex VII

3 EEC TYPE-APPROVAL FOR A COMPONENT

31 Application for EEC type-approval

311 The application for EEC type-approval pursuant to Article 3 (4) ofDirective 70156EEC of a type of a mechanical coupling device shallbe submitted by the manufacturer

312 A model for the information document is given in Annex III

313 The following must be submitted to the technical service responsiblefor conducting the type-approval tests

3131 a mechanical coupling device representative for this type whichshould be normally unpainted The technical service or approvalauthorities may also request additional coupling devices

3132 the technical service which performs type-approval testing may alsorequest specific parts such as mounting plates or towing bracketsadditional drawings or samples of materials used

3133 in the case of a mechanical coupling device designed for a specificvehicle type the manufacturer of the coupling device shall alsosubmit the installation data supplied by the vehicle manufacturer inaccordance with Directive 9221EEC (1) the technical service mayrequest that a vehicle representative of that type also be submitted

32 Marking of specimen

321 Each of the specimens of the particular type of coupling device inSection 311 for which an application for EEC component typeapproval has been submitted must be marked as follows

322 factory mark trade name or manufacturers name (and trade mark ifappropriate)

323 type and if applicable version

324 a sufficiently large space for the EEC approval mark and the addi-tional information according to Section 334

33 Granting of EEC type-approval

331 If the relevant requirements are satisfied EEC type-approval pursuantto Article 4 (3) and if applicable Article 4 (4) of Directive 70156EEC shall be granted

332 A model for the EEC type-approval certificate is given in Annex IV

333 An approval number in accordance with Annex VII to Directive70156EEC shall be assigned to each type of mechanical couplingdevice approved The same Member State may not assign the samenumber to another type of a mechanical coupling device

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 9

(1) OJ No L 129 14 5 1992 p 1

334 There shall be affixed conspicuously and in a readily accessible placespecified on the approval form to every mechanical coupling deviceconforming to a type of mechanical coupling device approved underthis Directive an international approval mark consisting of

1 for the Federal Republic of Germany

2 for France

3 for Italy

4 for The Netherlands

6 for Belgium

A1

7 for Hungary

8 for the Czech

B

9 for Spain

11 for the United Kingdom

13 for Luxembourg

18 for Denmark

M1

19 for Romania

A1

20 for Poland

B

21 for Portugal

A1

26 for Slovenia

27 for Slovakia

29 for Estonia

32 for Latvia

M1

34 for Bulgaria

A1

36 for Lithuania

CY for Cyprus

MT for Malta

B

IRL for Ireland

EL for Greece

3341 A rectangle surrounding the letter lsquoersquo followed by the distinguishingnumber of the country which has granted approval

3342 A two-digit number indicating the number of the latest amendmentof the Directive (for this Directive the number is 00) and Section 4 ofthe type-aproval number as given on the EEC type-approval certi-ficate (see Annex IV) near to the rectangle of the approval mark

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 10

3343 The following supplementary marks placed anywhere close to therectangle

mdash class of coupling device

mdash permissible values for D S V and U where applicable

335 The approval mark shall be indelible and clearly legible even whenthe coupling device is attached to the vehicle

336 Annex II to this Directive gives examples of the arrangement of theapproval mark

34 Modification of the type of mechanical coupling device andextension of EEC component type-approval

341 In the case of modification of a type approved pursuant to thisDirective the provisions of Article 5 of Directive 70156EEC shallapply

4 EEC TYPE-APPROVAL FOR A VEHICLE

41 Application for EEC type-approval

411 The application for EEC type-approval pursuant to Article 3 (4) ofDirective 70156EEC of a vehicle type with regard to its type of amechanical coupling device shall be submitted by the manufacturer

412 A model for the information document is given in Annex VIII

413 The following must be submitted to the technical service responsiblefor conducting the type-approval tests

4131 a vehicle representative for this type which may be equipped with anEEC type-approved coupling device

4132 when the vehicle type is provided with a mechanical coupling deviceas first equipment by the vehicle manufacturer type(s) of mechanicalcoupling device(s) including its (their) mounting plate(s) or towingbracket(s) if any furthermore the EEC type-approval for the couplingdevice(s) shall be made available

42 Granting of EEC type-approval

421 If the relevant requirements are satisfied EEC type-approval pursuantto Article 4 (3) and (4) of Directive 70156EEC shall be granted

422 A model for the EEC type-approval certificate is given in Annex IX

423 An approval number in accordance with Annex VII to Directive70156EEC shall be assigned to each type of vehicle approvedThe same Member State shall not assign the same number toanother type of vehicle

43 Modification of the type of vehicle and extension of EEC vehicletype-approval

431 In the case of modification of a type-approval pursuant to thisDirective the provisions of Article 5 of Directive 70156EEC shallapply

432 The holder of an EEC vehicle type-approval can apply for it to beextended to other types or classes of coupling devices

The competent authorities will grant such an extension on thefollowing conditions

4321 EEC component type-approval has already been granted for the othertype of coupling device

4322 it is suitable for the type of vehicle for which the extension of theEEC vehicle type-approval has been applied for

4323 the attachment of the coupling device to the vehicle corresponds tothat proposed for the granting of EEC component type-approval

433 In the case of standard coupling devices in classes A C D and GEEC vehicle type-approval is also valid for other coupling devices ofthe same class without the need for a further mounting check andextension of EEC vehicle type-approval

B

1994L0020 mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001 mdash 11

5 REQUIREMENTS

51 The mechanical coupling devices between motor vehicles and trailersmust be manufactured and attached in accordance with good engi-neering practice and must be safe to operate

52 Safe coupling and uncoupling of the vehicles must be possible by asingle person without the use of tools Only automatic couplingdevices which allow an automatic coupling procedure shall beemployed for the coupling of trailers having a maximum mass ofmore than 35 tonnes

53 The mechanical coupling devices shall be so designed and manu-factured that in normal use with proper maintenance and thetimely replacement of wearing parts they will continue to functionsatisfactorily

54 Every coupling device must be accompanied by installation andoperating instructions giving sufficient information for a competentperson to install it on the vehicle and operate it properly Theinstructions must be in the language or languages of the MemberState in which the coupling device will be offered for sale In thecase of coupling devices supplied for assembly-line use by vehiclebuilders or bodybuilders the provisions of installation and operatinginstructions for each coupling device can be dispensed with It is thenthe responsibility of the vehicle builder or bodybuilder to ensure thatthe vehicle operator is provided with the information necessary foroperating the coupling device

55 The materials that may be used are those for which the propertiesrelevant to the application are laid down in a standard or those forwhich the properties are given in the documentation according toSection 312 of this Annex

56 All parts of the mechanical coupling devices whose failure couldresult in separation of the two vehicles must be made of steelOther materials may be used provided equivalence has been demon-strated by the manufacturer to the satisfaction of the TechnicalService

57 All couplings must be designed for positive mechanical engagementand the closed position must be secured at least once by positivemechanical engagement unless further requirements are stated inAnnex V

58 The mechanical coupling devices must satisfy the requirements ofAnnex V

59 Loading requirements

591 Mechanical coupling devices are subject to the tests described inAnnex VI

592 These tests must not cause any cracks fractures or other visibleexternal damage or any excessive permanent distortion whichwould be detrimental to the satisfactory operation of the device

510 The installation of the mechanical coupling devices to the vehiclemust be checked according to the requirements given in AnnexVII This requirement should apply to both EEC type-approval of avehicle when the vehicle type is provided with a mechanicalcoupling device as first equipment by the vehicle manufacturer andEEC type-approval of a mechanical coupling device designed for aspecific vehicle type

511 The abovementioned requirements and those of Annexes V VI andVII are also applicable as relevant to miscellaneous coupling devices(Class S)

6 CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION

61 As a general rule measures to ensure the conformity of productionshall be taken in accordance with the provisions laid down in Article10 of Directive 70156EEC

62 The normal frequency of inspections to be carried out by thecompetent authority shall be one per year

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 12

ANNEX II

(a) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar coupling of Class C 50-X with a maximum permittedD value of 130 kN a maximum permitted Dc value of 90 kN a maximumpermitted static vertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permittedV-value of 35 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted inthe Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0207 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(b) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar eye

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar eye 50 of Class D 50-X for welding attachment havinga D value of 130 kN a Dc value of 100 kN a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of50 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1934 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 13

(c) Specimen EEC approval mark for a fifth wheel coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling of Class G 50-X having a maximumpermitted D value of 180 kN and a maximum permitted fifth wheel loadof 26 tonnes for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0015 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(d) Specimen EEC approval marking for a fifth wheel coupling pin

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling pin of Class H 50-X having a D value of162 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in the FederalRepublic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1989 The first two digits 00indicate that this component was approved according to the original form ofthis Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 14

(e) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling ball and towingbrackets

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling ball and towing brackets of Class A 50-X having amaximum permitted D value of 18 kN and a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EEC component type-approvalwas granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number0304 The first two digits 00 indicate that this component was approvedaccordintg to the original form to this Directive

(f) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling head

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling head of Class B 50-X having a D value of 18 kN anda maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EECcomponent type-approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e1) under the number 1993 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 15

(g) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is adrawbar for a centre-axle trailer of Class E with a maximum permitted Dvalue of 109 kN a maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of 50 kN for which EECcomponent type approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany(e 1) under the number 0013 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 16

ANNEX III

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 17

ANNEX IV

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 18

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 19

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 20

ANNEX V

Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

1 COUPLING BALLS AND TOWING BRACKETS

The requirements stated in 11 to 14 are applicable to all coupling ballsand towing brackets of Class A Section 15 lists additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard coupling balls 50 and flange typetowing brackets

11 Coupling balls of Class A must conform to Figure 2 in shape anddimensions

12 The shape and the dimensions of the towing brackets have to meet therequirements of the vehicle manufacturer concerning the attachmentpoints and additional mounting devices if necessary

13 In the case of removable coupling balls the point of connection and theirlocking must be designed for positive mechanical engagement

14 Coupling balls and towing devices must be able to satisfy the tests laiddown in Annex VI Section 41

15 Special requirements for standard coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets of Classes A 50-1 A 50-2 and A 50-3

151 Dimensions of Class A 50-1 coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets must be as given in Figure 3 and Table 1 The clearancespace for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30 must berespected

152 Dimensions of Class A 50-2 and Class A 50-3 coupling balls and flangetype towing brackets must be as given in Figure 4 and Table 1 Theclearance space for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30must be respected

153 Coupling balls and flange type towing brackets of the Classes A 50-1 A50-2 and A 50-3 must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 2

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 21

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 22

TABLE 1

Dimensions of standard ball couplings and flange type towingrackets (mm)

(see Figures 3 and 4)

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3 Remarks

e1 90 83 120 plusmn05

e2 mdash 56 55 plusmn05

d2 17 105 15 H13

f 130 110 155 +6-0

g 50 85 90 +6-0

c 15 15 15 maximum

l 55 110 120 plusmn5

h 70 80 80 plusmn5

TABLE 2

Characteristic values for standard ball couplings and flange typetowing brackets

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3

D 17 20 30

S 120 120 120

D = maximum D-value (kN)S = maximum static vertical load (kg)

2 COUPLING HEADS

21 Coupling heads of Class B 50 must be designed so that they can beused safely with the coupling balls described in Section 1 of this Annexand thereby retain the prescribed characteristics

Coupling heads must be designed in such a way that safe coupling isensured also taking into account the wear of the coupling devices

22 Coupling heads must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in Annex VISection 42

23 Any additional device (e g braking stabilizer etc) shall not have anyadverse effect on the mechanical connection

24 Horizontal rotation of the coupling head at least 90deg to either side of thecentreline of the coupling ball and mounting described in Section 1 ofthis Annex when not attached to the vehicle must be possible Simulta-neously there must be an angle of free vertical movement 20deg above andbelow the horizontal Also in conjunction with the horizontal angel ofrotation of 90deg it must be possible for there to be 25deg of roll in bothdirections about the horizontal axis The following combinations ofmotions must be possible

mdash vertical pitch plusmn 15deg with acial roll plusmn 25deg

mdash axial roll plusmn 10deg with vertical pitch plusmn 20deg

at all angles of horizontal rotation

3 DRAWBAR COUPLINGS

The requirements of Sections 31 to 38 are applicable to all drawbarcouplings of Class C 50 Section 39 lists the additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard drawbar couplings of Classes C 50-1 to C 50-6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 23

31 Load requirements

All drawbar couplings shall be able to satisfy the tests stated in AnnexVI Section 43

32 Suitable drawbar eyes

Class C 50 drawbar couplings shall be compatible with all Class D 50drawbar eyes and coupling with the specified characteristics

33 Automatic operation

Drawbar couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

34 Jaw

Class C 50 drawbar couplings must have a jaw which is designed suchthat the appropriate drawbar eyes is guided into the coupling

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the vertical axisit must establish itself automatically in the normal position and with thecoupling pin open be effectively restrained in this position to givesatisfactory guidance for the drawbar eye during the coupling procedure

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the transverseaxis the joint providing the rotation capability must be restrained in itsnormal position by a locking torque This torque must be sufficient toprevent a force of 200 N acting vertically upwards on the top of the jawproducing any deflection of the joint from its normal position It mustbe possible to bring the jaw to its normal position manually A jaw thatpivots about the transverse axis is only approved for vertical bearingloads S of up to 50 kg and a V-value of up to 5 kN

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw is pivoted about the longitudinalaxis the rotation must be restrained by a locking torque of at least100 Nm

The minimum required size of the jaw depends on the D value of thecoupling

D-value le 18 kN width 150 mm height 100 mm

18 kN lt D-value le 25 kN width 280 mm height 170 mm

25 kN lt D-value width 360 mm height 200 mm

The external corners of the jaw may be radiused

Smaller jaws are permitted for Class C 50-X drawbar coupling if theiruse is restricted to centre-axle trailers up to 35 tonnes maximumpermissible mass or if the use of a jaw from the above table isimpossible due to technical reasons and if furthermore there arespecial circumstances such as visual aids for ensuring safe executionof the automatic coupling procedure and if the field of application isrestricted in the approval according to Annex III

35 Minimum freedom of movement of the coupled drawbar eye

The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate horizontally plusmn 90deg aboutthe vertical axis from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (see Figure 5)The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate vertically plusmn 20deg aboutthe transverse axis from the horizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure6) If the motion is provided by a special joint (only on Class C 50-Xdrawbar couplings) the field of application given in the approvalaccording to Annex III must be restricted to the cases stated inAnnex VII Section 237 It must be possible for the coupled drawbareye to be rotated axially plusmn 25deg about the longitudinal axis from thehorizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure 7)

The stated angles of rotation are applicable to drawbar couplings notattached to the vehicle

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 24

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 8: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

R = technically permissible maximum mass in tonnes of the fulltrailer with drawbar free to move in the vertical plane or ofthe semi-trailer

C = sum of the axle loads of the centre axle trailer carryingmaximum permissible load in tonnes (see Section 2120)

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in tonnes

S = the static vertical load S in kg is the proportion of the mass ofthe centre axle trailer exerted under static conditions at thecoupling point

g = acceleration due to gravity (assumed as 981 ms2)

2119 The lsquoV-valuersquo is defined as the theoretical reference force for theamplitude of the vertical force between towing vehicle and centreaxle trailers having a maximum mass exceeding 35 tonnes (seeSection 2121) The V-value is taken as a basis for the vertical testloads in the dynamic tests

V frac14 a X2

l2 C

where

a is an equivalent vertical acceleration in the coupling pointdependent on the kind of suspension on the rear axle(s) ofthe towing vehicle including a constant factor

a1 = 18 ms2 for vehicles with air suspension or equivalent(as defined in Directive 853EEC) (1)

a2 = 24 ms2 for vehicles with other suspension

x is the length of the loading area of the trailer in metres (seeFigure 1)

l is the theoretical drawbar length ie the distance between thecentre of the drawbar eye and the centre of the axle assemblyin metres (see Figure 1)

x2

l2 = ge 10 (where the result is a value less than 10 the value usedshould be at least 1)

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 8

(1) OJ No L 2 3 1 1985 p 14

2120 lsquoCentre-axle trailerrsquo means a towed vehicle equipped with a towingdevice which cannot move vertically (in relation to the trailer) and inwhich the axle(s) is (are) positioned close to the centre of gravity ofthe vehicle (when uniformly loaded) such that only a small verticalload not exceeding 10 of the maximum mass of the trailer of1 000 kg (whichever is the lesser) is transmitted to the drawingvehicle

The maximum mass of a centre-axle trailer to be taken into consid-eration shall be the mass transmitted to the ground by the axle(s) ofthe centre-axle trailer when coupled to the drawing vehicle and ladenwith a maximum load

2121 For vehicles not falling clearly in any of the above categories theyshall be treated in the same way as the type they most closelyresemble

2122 lsquoVehicle typersquo means vehicles which do not differ with respect to thefollowing main characteristics the structure dimensions shape andmaterials of the relevant parts concerning the fixing of the couplingdevice of the towing vehicle or the front part in the case of a trailerin so far as they have a bearing on the requirements of Annex VII

3 EEC TYPE-APPROVAL FOR A COMPONENT

31 Application for EEC type-approval

311 The application for EEC type-approval pursuant to Article 3 (4) ofDirective 70156EEC of a type of a mechanical coupling device shallbe submitted by the manufacturer

312 A model for the information document is given in Annex III

313 The following must be submitted to the technical service responsiblefor conducting the type-approval tests

3131 a mechanical coupling device representative for this type whichshould be normally unpainted The technical service or approvalauthorities may also request additional coupling devices

3132 the technical service which performs type-approval testing may alsorequest specific parts such as mounting plates or towing bracketsadditional drawings or samples of materials used

3133 in the case of a mechanical coupling device designed for a specificvehicle type the manufacturer of the coupling device shall alsosubmit the installation data supplied by the vehicle manufacturer inaccordance with Directive 9221EEC (1) the technical service mayrequest that a vehicle representative of that type also be submitted

32 Marking of specimen

321 Each of the specimens of the particular type of coupling device inSection 311 for which an application for EEC component typeapproval has been submitted must be marked as follows

322 factory mark trade name or manufacturers name (and trade mark ifappropriate)

323 type and if applicable version

324 a sufficiently large space for the EEC approval mark and the addi-tional information according to Section 334

33 Granting of EEC type-approval

331 If the relevant requirements are satisfied EEC type-approval pursuantto Article 4 (3) and if applicable Article 4 (4) of Directive 70156EEC shall be granted

332 A model for the EEC type-approval certificate is given in Annex IV

333 An approval number in accordance with Annex VII to Directive70156EEC shall be assigned to each type of mechanical couplingdevice approved The same Member State may not assign the samenumber to another type of a mechanical coupling device

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 9

(1) OJ No L 129 14 5 1992 p 1

334 There shall be affixed conspicuously and in a readily accessible placespecified on the approval form to every mechanical coupling deviceconforming to a type of mechanical coupling device approved underthis Directive an international approval mark consisting of

1 for the Federal Republic of Germany

2 for France

3 for Italy

4 for The Netherlands

6 for Belgium

A1

7 for Hungary

8 for the Czech

B

9 for Spain

11 for the United Kingdom

13 for Luxembourg

18 for Denmark

M1

19 for Romania

A1

20 for Poland

B

21 for Portugal

A1

26 for Slovenia

27 for Slovakia

29 for Estonia

32 for Latvia

M1

34 for Bulgaria

A1

36 for Lithuania

CY for Cyprus

MT for Malta

B

IRL for Ireland

EL for Greece

3341 A rectangle surrounding the letter lsquoersquo followed by the distinguishingnumber of the country which has granted approval

3342 A two-digit number indicating the number of the latest amendmentof the Directive (for this Directive the number is 00) and Section 4 ofthe type-aproval number as given on the EEC type-approval certi-ficate (see Annex IV) near to the rectangle of the approval mark

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 10

3343 The following supplementary marks placed anywhere close to therectangle

mdash class of coupling device

mdash permissible values for D S V and U where applicable

335 The approval mark shall be indelible and clearly legible even whenthe coupling device is attached to the vehicle

336 Annex II to this Directive gives examples of the arrangement of theapproval mark

34 Modification of the type of mechanical coupling device andextension of EEC component type-approval

341 In the case of modification of a type approved pursuant to thisDirective the provisions of Article 5 of Directive 70156EEC shallapply

4 EEC TYPE-APPROVAL FOR A VEHICLE

41 Application for EEC type-approval

411 The application for EEC type-approval pursuant to Article 3 (4) ofDirective 70156EEC of a vehicle type with regard to its type of amechanical coupling device shall be submitted by the manufacturer

412 A model for the information document is given in Annex VIII

413 The following must be submitted to the technical service responsiblefor conducting the type-approval tests

4131 a vehicle representative for this type which may be equipped with anEEC type-approved coupling device

4132 when the vehicle type is provided with a mechanical coupling deviceas first equipment by the vehicle manufacturer type(s) of mechanicalcoupling device(s) including its (their) mounting plate(s) or towingbracket(s) if any furthermore the EEC type-approval for the couplingdevice(s) shall be made available

42 Granting of EEC type-approval

421 If the relevant requirements are satisfied EEC type-approval pursuantto Article 4 (3) and (4) of Directive 70156EEC shall be granted

422 A model for the EEC type-approval certificate is given in Annex IX

423 An approval number in accordance with Annex VII to Directive70156EEC shall be assigned to each type of vehicle approvedThe same Member State shall not assign the same number toanother type of vehicle

43 Modification of the type of vehicle and extension of EEC vehicletype-approval

431 In the case of modification of a type-approval pursuant to thisDirective the provisions of Article 5 of Directive 70156EEC shallapply

432 The holder of an EEC vehicle type-approval can apply for it to beextended to other types or classes of coupling devices

The competent authorities will grant such an extension on thefollowing conditions

4321 EEC component type-approval has already been granted for the othertype of coupling device

4322 it is suitable for the type of vehicle for which the extension of theEEC vehicle type-approval has been applied for

4323 the attachment of the coupling device to the vehicle corresponds tothat proposed for the granting of EEC component type-approval

433 In the case of standard coupling devices in classes A C D and GEEC vehicle type-approval is also valid for other coupling devices ofthe same class without the need for a further mounting check andextension of EEC vehicle type-approval

B

1994L0020 mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001 mdash 11

5 REQUIREMENTS

51 The mechanical coupling devices between motor vehicles and trailersmust be manufactured and attached in accordance with good engi-neering practice and must be safe to operate

52 Safe coupling and uncoupling of the vehicles must be possible by asingle person without the use of tools Only automatic couplingdevices which allow an automatic coupling procedure shall beemployed for the coupling of trailers having a maximum mass ofmore than 35 tonnes

53 The mechanical coupling devices shall be so designed and manu-factured that in normal use with proper maintenance and thetimely replacement of wearing parts they will continue to functionsatisfactorily

54 Every coupling device must be accompanied by installation andoperating instructions giving sufficient information for a competentperson to install it on the vehicle and operate it properly Theinstructions must be in the language or languages of the MemberState in which the coupling device will be offered for sale In thecase of coupling devices supplied for assembly-line use by vehiclebuilders or bodybuilders the provisions of installation and operatinginstructions for each coupling device can be dispensed with It is thenthe responsibility of the vehicle builder or bodybuilder to ensure thatthe vehicle operator is provided with the information necessary foroperating the coupling device

55 The materials that may be used are those for which the propertiesrelevant to the application are laid down in a standard or those forwhich the properties are given in the documentation according toSection 312 of this Annex

56 All parts of the mechanical coupling devices whose failure couldresult in separation of the two vehicles must be made of steelOther materials may be used provided equivalence has been demon-strated by the manufacturer to the satisfaction of the TechnicalService

57 All couplings must be designed for positive mechanical engagementand the closed position must be secured at least once by positivemechanical engagement unless further requirements are stated inAnnex V

58 The mechanical coupling devices must satisfy the requirements ofAnnex V

59 Loading requirements

591 Mechanical coupling devices are subject to the tests described inAnnex VI

592 These tests must not cause any cracks fractures or other visibleexternal damage or any excessive permanent distortion whichwould be detrimental to the satisfactory operation of the device

510 The installation of the mechanical coupling devices to the vehiclemust be checked according to the requirements given in AnnexVII This requirement should apply to both EEC type-approval of avehicle when the vehicle type is provided with a mechanicalcoupling device as first equipment by the vehicle manufacturer andEEC type-approval of a mechanical coupling device designed for aspecific vehicle type

511 The abovementioned requirements and those of Annexes V VI andVII are also applicable as relevant to miscellaneous coupling devices(Class S)

6 CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION

61 As a general rule measures to ensure the conformity of productionshall be taken in accordance with the provisions laid down in Article10 of Directive 70156EEC

62 The normal frequency of inspections to be carried out by thecompetent authority shall be one per year

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 12

ANNEX II

(a) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar coupling of Class C 50-X with a maximum permittedD value of 130 kN a maximum permitted Dc value of 90 kN a maximumpermitted static vertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permittedV-value of 35 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted inthe Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0207 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(b) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar eye

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar eye 50 of Class D 50-X for welding attachment havinga D value of 130 kN a Dc value of 100 kN a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of50 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1934 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 13

(c) Specimen EEC approval mark for a fifth wheel coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling of Class G 50-X having a maximumpermitted D value of 180 kN and a maximum permitted fifth wheel loadof 26 tonnes for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0015 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(d) Specimen EEC approval marking for a fifth wheel coupling pin

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling pin of Class H 50-X having a D value of162 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in the FederalRepublic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1989 The first two digits 00indicate that this component was approved according to the original form ofthis Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 14

(e) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling ball and towingbrackets

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling ball and towing brackets of Class A 50-X having amaximum permitted D value of 18 kN and a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EEC component type-approvalwas granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number0304 The first two digits 00 indicate that this component was approvedaccordintg to the original form to this Directive

(f) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling head

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling head of Class B 50-X having a D value of 18 kN anda maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EECcomponent type-approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e1) under the number 1993 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 15

(g) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is adrawbar for a centre-axle trailer of Class E with a maximum permitted Dvalue of 109 kN a maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of 50 kN for which EECcomponent type approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany(e 1) under the number 0013 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 16

ANNEX III

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 17

ANNEX IV

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 18

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 19

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 20

ANNEX V

Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

1 COUPLING BALLS AND TOWING BRACKETS

The requirements stated in 11 to 14 are applicable to all coupling ballsand towing brackets of Class A Section 15 lists additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard coupling balls 50 and flange typetowing brackets

11 Coupling balls of Class A must conform to Figure 2 in shape anddimensions

12 The shape and the dimensions of the towing brackets have to meet therequirements of the vehicle manufacturer concerning the attachmentpoints and additional mounting devices if necessary

13 In the case of removable coupling balls the point of connection and theirlocking must be designed for positive mechanical engagement

14 Coupling balls and towing devices must be able to satisfy the tests laiddown in Annex VI Section 41

15 Special requirements for standard coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets of Classes A 50-1 A 50-2 and A 50-3

151 Dimensions of Class A 50-1 coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets must be as given in Figure 3 and Table 1 The clearancespace for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30 must berespected

152 Dimensions of Class A 50-2 and Class A 50-3 coupling balls and flangetype towing brackets must be as given in Figure 4 and Table 1 Theclearance space for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30must be respected

153 Coupling balls and flange type towing brackets of the Classes A 50-1 A50-2 and A 50-3 must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 2

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 21

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 22

TABLE 1

Dimensions of standard ball couplings and flange type towingrackets (mm)

(see Figures 3 and 4)

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3 Remarks

e1 90 83 120 plusmn05

e2 mdash 56 55 plusmn05

d2 17 105 15 H13

f 130 110 155 +6-0

g 50 85 90 +6-0

c 15 15 15 maximum

l 55 110 120 plusmn5

h 70 80 80 plusmn5

TABLE 2

Characteristic values for standard ball couplings and flange typetowing brackets

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3

D 17 20 30

S 120 120 120

D = maximum D-value (kN)S = maximum static vertical load (kg)

2 COUPLING HEADS

21 Coupling heads of Class B 50 must be designed so that they can beused safely with the coupling balls described in Section 1 of this Annexand thereby retain the prescribed characteristics

Coupling heads must be designed in such a way that safe coupling isensured also taking into account the wear of the coupling devices

22 Coupling heads must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in Annex VISection 42

23 Any additional device (e g braking stabilizer etc) shall not have anyadverse effect on the mechanical connection

24 Horizontal rotation of the coupling head at least 90deg to either side of thecentreline of the coupling ball and mounting described in Section 1 ofthis Annex when not attached to the vehicle must be possible Simulta-neously there must be an angle of free vertical movement 20deg above andbelow the horizontal Also in conjunction with the horizontal angel ofrotation of 90deg it must be possible for there to be 25deg of roll in bothdirections about the horizontal axis The following combinations ofmotions must be possible

mdash vertical pitch plusmn 15deg with acial roll plusmn 25deg

mdash axial roll plusmn 10deg with vertical pitch plusmn 20deg

at all angles of horizontal rotation

3 DRAWBAR COUPLINGS

The requirements of Sections 31 to 38 are applicable to all drawbarcouplings of Class C 50 Section 39 lists the additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard drawbar couplings of Classes C 50-1 to C 50-6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 23

31 Load requirements

All drawbar couplings shall be able to satisfy the tests stated in AnnexVI Section 43

32 Suitable drawbar eyes

Class C 50 drawbar couplings shall be compatible with all Class D 50drawbar eyes and coupling with the specified characteristics

33 Automatic operation

Drawbar couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

34 Jaw

Class C 50 drawbar couplings must have a jaw which is designed suchthat the appropriate drawbar eyes is guided into the coupling

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the vertical axisit must establish itself automatically in the normal position and with thecoupling pin open be effectively restrained in this position to givesatisfactory guidance for the drawbar eye during the coupling procedure

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the transverseaxis the joint providing the rotation capability must be restrained in itsnormal position by a locking torque This torque must be sufficient toprevent a force of 200 N acting vertically upwards on the top of the jawproducing any deflection of the joint from its normal position It mustbe possible to bring the jaw to its normal position manually A jaw thatpivots about the transverse axis is only approved for vertical bearingloads S of up to 50 kg and a V-value of up to 5 kN

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw is pivoted about the longitudinalaxis the rotation must be restrained by a locking torque of at least100 Nm

The minimum required size of the jaw depends on the D value of thecoupling

D-value le 18 kN width 150 mm height 100 mm

18 kN lt D-value le 25 kN width 280 mm height 170 mm

25 kN lt D-value width 360 mm height 200 mm

The external corners of the jaw may be radiused

Smaller jaws are permitted for Class C 50-X drawbar coupling if theiruse is restricted to centre-axle trailers up to 35 tonnes maximumpermissible mass or if the use of a jaw from the above table isimpossible due to technical reasons and if furthermore there arespecial circumstances such as visual aids for ensuring safe executionof the automatic coupling procedure and if the field of application isrestricted in the approval according to Annex III

35 Minimum freedom of movement of the coupled drawbar eye

The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate horizontally plusmn 90deg aboutthe vertical axis from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (see Figure 5)The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate vertically plusmn 20deg aboutthe transverse axis from the horizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure6) If the motion is provided by a special joint (only on Class C 50-Xdrawbar couplings) the field of application given in the approvalaccording to Annex III must be restricted to the cases stated inAnnex VII Section 237 It must be possible for the coupled drawbareye to be rotated axially plusmn 25deg about the longitudinal axis from thehorizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure 7)

The stated angles of rotation are applicable to drawbar couplings notattached to the vehicle

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 24

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 9: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

2120 lsquoCentre-axle trailerrsquo means a towed vehicle equipped with a towingdevice which cannot move vertically (in relation to the trailer) and inwhich the axle(s) is (are) positioned close to the centre of gravity ofthe vehicle (when uniformly loaded) such that only a small verticalload not exceeding 10 of the maximum mass of the trailer of1 000 kg (whichever is the lesser) is transmitted to the drawingvehicle

The maximum mass of a centre-axle trailer to be taken into consid-eration shall be the mass transmitted to the ground by the axle(s) ofthe centre-axle trailer when coupled to the drawing vehicle and ladenwith a maximum load

2121 For vehicles not falling clearly in any of the above categories theyshall be treated in the same way as the type they most closelyresemble

2122 lsquoVehicle typersquo means vehicles which do not differ with respect to thefollowing main characteristics the structure dimensions shape andmaterials of the relevant parts concerning the fixing of the couplingdevice of the towing vehicle or the front part in the case of a trailerin so far as they have a bearing on the requirements of Annex VII

3 EEC TYPE-APPROVAL FOR A COMPONENT

31 Application for EEC type-approval

311 The application for EEC type-approval pursuant to Article 3 (4) ofDirective 70156EEC of a type of a mechanical coupling device shallbe submitted by the manufacturer

312 A model for the information document is given in Annex III

313 The following must be submitted to the technical service responsiblefor conducting the type-approval tests

3131 a mechanical coupling device representative for this type whichshould be normally unpainted The technical service or approvalauthorities may also request additional coupling devices

3132 the technical service which performs type-approval testing may alsorequest specific parts such as mounting plates or towing bracketsadditional drawings or samples of materials used

3133 in the case of a mechanical coupling device designed for a specificvehicle type the manufacturer of the coupling device shall alsosubmit the installation data supplied by the vehicle manufacturer inaccordance with Directive 9221EEC (1) the technical service mayrequest that a vehicle representative of that type also be submitted

32 Marking of specimen

321 Each of the specimens of the particular type of coupling device inSection 311 for which an application for EEC component typeapproval has been submitted must be marked as follows

322 factory mark trade name or manufacturers name (and trade mark ifappropriate)

323 type and if applicable version

324 a sufficiently large space for the EEC approval mark and the addi-tional information according to Section 334

33 Granting of EEC type-approval

331 If the relevant requirements are satisfied EEC type-approval pursuantto Article 4 (3) and if applicable Article 4 (4) of Directive 70156EEC shall be granted

332 A model for the EEC type-approval certificate is given in Annex IV

333 An approval number in accordance with Annex VII to Directive70156EEC shall be assigned to each type of mechanical couplingdevice approved The same Member State may not assign the samenumber to another type of a mechanical coupling device

B

1994L0020mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 9

(1) OJ No L 129 14 5 1992 p 1

334 There shall be affixed conspicuously and in a readily accessible placespecified on the approval form to every mechanical coupling deviceconforming to a type of mechanical coupling device approved underthis Directive an international approval mark consisting of

1 for the Federal Republic of Germany

2 for France

3 for Italy

4 for The Netherlands

6 for Belgium

A1

7 for Hungary

8 for the Czech

B

9 for Spain

11 for the United Kingdom

13 for Luxembourg

18 for Denmark

M1

19 for Romania

A1

20 for Poland

B

21 for Portugal

A1

26 for Slovenia

27 for Slovakia

29 for Estonia

32 for Latvia

M1

34 for Bulgaria

A1

36 for Lithuania

CY for Cyprus

MT for Malta

B

IRL for Ireland

EL for Greece

3341 A rectangle surrounding the letter lsquoersquo followed by the distinguishingnumber of the country which has granted approval

3342 A two-digit number indicating the number of the latest amendmentof the Directive (for this Directive the number is 00) and Section 4 ofthe type-aproval number as given on the EEC type-approval certi-ficate (see Annex IV) near to the rectangle of the approval mark

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 10

3343 The following supplementary marks placed anywhere close to therectangle

mdash class of coupling device

mdash permissible values for D S V and U where applicable

335 The approval mark shall be indelible and clearly legible even whenthe coupling device is attached to the vehicle

336 Annex II to this Directive gives examples of the arrangement of theapproval mark

34 Modification of the type of mechanical coupling device andextension of EEC component type-approval

341 In the case of modification of a type approved pursuant to thisDirective the provisions of Article 5 of Directive 70156EEC shallapply

4 EEC TYPE-APPROVAL FOR A VEHICLE

41 Application for EEC type-approval

411 The application for EEC type-approval pursuant to Article 3 (4) ofDirective 70156EEC of a vehicle type with regard to its type of amechanical coupling device shall be submitted by the manufacturer

412 A model for the information document is given in Annex VIII

413 The following must be submitted to the technical service responsiblefor conducting the type-approval tests

4131 a vehicle representative for this type which may be equipped with anEEC type-approved coupling device

4132 when the vehicle type is provided with a mechanical coupling deviceas first equipment by the vehicle manufacturer type(s) of mechanicalcoupling device(s) including its (their) mounting plate(s) or towingbracket(s) if any furthermore the EEC type-approval for the couplingdevice(s) shall be made available

42 Granting of EEC type-approval

421 If the relevant requirements are satisfied EEC type-approval pursuantto Article 4 (3) and (4) of Directive 70156EEC shall be granted

422 A model for the EEC type-approval certificate is given in Annex IX

423 An approval number in accordance with Annex VII to Directive70156EEC shall be assigned to each type of vehicle approvedThe same Member State shall not assign the same number toanother type of vehicle

43 Modification of the type of vehicle and extension of EEC vehicletype-approval

431 In the case of modification of a type-approval pursuant to thisDirective the provisions of Article 5 of Directive 70156EEC shallapply

432 The holder of an EEC vehicle type-approval can apply for it to beextended to other types or classes of coupling devices

The competent authorities will grant such an extension on thefollowing conditions

4321 EEC component type-approval has already been granted for the othertype of coupling device

4322 it is suitable for the type of vehicle for which the extension of theEEC vehicle type-approval has been applied for

4323 the attachment of the coupling device to the vehicle corresponds tothat proposed for the granting of EEC component type-approval

433 In the case of standard coupling devices in classes A C D and GEEC vehicle type-approval is also valid for other coupling devices ofthe same class without the need for a further mounting check andextension of EEC vehicle type-approval

B

1994L0020 mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001 mdash 11

5 REQUIREMENTS

51 The mechanical coupling devices between motor vehicles and trailersmust be manufactured and attached in accordance with good engi-neering practice and must be safe to operate

52 Safe coupling and uncoupling of the vehicles must be possible by asingle person without the use of tools Only automatic couplingdevices which allow an automatic coupling procedure shall beemployed for the coupling of trailers having a maximum mass ofmore than 35 tonnes

53 The mechanical coupling devices shall be so designed and manu-factured that in normal use with proper maintenance and thetimely replacement of wearing parts they will continue to functionsatisfactorily

54 Every coupling device must be accompanied by installation andoperating instructions giving sufficient information for a competentperson to install it on the vehicle and operate it properly Theinstructions must be in the language or languages of the MemberState in which the coupling device will be offered for sale In thecase of coupling devices supplied for assembly-line use by vehiclebuilders or bodybuilders the provisions of installation and operatinginstructions for each coupling device can be dispensed with It is thenthe responsibility of the vehicle builder or bodybuilder to ensure thatthe vehicle operator is provided with the information necessary foroperating the coupling device

55 The materials that may be used are those for which the propertiesrelevant to the application are laid down in a standard or those forwhich the properties are given in the documentation according toSection 312 of this Annex

56 All parts of the mechanical coupling devices whose failure couldresult in separation of the two vehicles must be made of steelOther materials may be used provided equivalence has been demon-strated by the manufacturer to the satisfaction of the TechnicalService

57 All couplings must be designed for positive mechanical engagementand the closed position must be secured at least once by positivemechanical engagement unless further requirements are stated inAnnex V

58 The mechanical coupling devices must satisfy the requirements ofAnnex V

59 Loading requirements

591 Mechanical coupling devices are subject to the tests described inAnnex VI

592 These tests must not cause any cracks fractures or other visibleexternal damage or any excessive permanent distortion whichwould be detrimental to the satisfactory operation of the device

510 The installation of the mechanical coupling devices to the vehiclemust be checked according to the requirements given in AnnexVII This requirement should apply to both EEC type-approval of avehicle when the vehicle type is provided with a mechanicalcoupling device as first equipment by the vehicle manufacturer andEEC type-approval of a mechanical coupling device designed for aspecific vehicle type

511 The abovementioned requirements and those of Annexes V VI andVII are also applicable as relevant to miscellaneous coupling devices(Class S)

6 CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION

61 As a general rule measures to ensure the conformity of productionshall be taken in accordance with the provisions laid down in Article10 of Directive 70156EEC

62 The normal frequency of inspections to be carried out by thecompetent authority shall be one per year

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 12

ANNEX II

(a) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar coupling of Class C 50-X with a maximum permittedD value of 130 kN a maximum permitted Dc value of 90 kN a maximumpermitted static vertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permittedV-value of 35 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted inthe Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0207 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(b) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar eye

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar eye 50 of Class D 50-X for welding attachment havinga D value of 130 kN a Dc value of 100 kN a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of50 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1934 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 13

(c) Specimen EEC approval mark for a fifth wheel coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling of Class G 50-X having a maximumpermitted D value of 180 kN and a maximum permitted fifth wheel loadof 26 tonnes for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0015 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(d) Specimen EEC approval marking for a fifth wheel coupling pin

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling pin of Class H 50-X having a D value of162 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in the FederalRepublic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1989 The first two digits 00indicate that this component was approved according to the original form ofthis Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 14

(e) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling ball and towingbrackets

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling ball and towing brackets of Class A 50-X having amaximum permitted D value of 18 kN and a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EEC component type-approvalwas granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number0304 The first two digits 00 indicate that this component was approvedaccordintg to the original form to this Directive

(f) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling head

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling head of Class B 50-X having a D value of 18 kN anda maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EECcomponent type-approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e1) under the number 1993 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 15

(g) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is adrawbar for a centre-axle trailer of Class E with a maximum permitted Dvalue of 109 kN a maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of 50 kN for which EECcomponent type approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany(e 1) under the number 0013 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 16

ANNEX III

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 17

ANNEX IV

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 18

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 19

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 20

ANNEX V

Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

1 COUPLING BALLS AND TOWING BRACKETS

The requirements stated in 11 to 14 are applicable to all coupling ballsand towing brackets of Class A Section 15 lists additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard coupling balls 50 and flange typetowing brackets

11 Coupling balls of Class A must conform to Figure 2 in shape anddimensions

12 The shape and the dimensions of the towing brackets have to meet therequirements of the vehicle manufacturer concerning the attachmentpoints and additional mounting devices if necessary

13 In the case of removable coupling balls the point of connection and theirlocking must be designed for positive mechanical engagement

14 Coupling balls and towing devices must be able to satisfy the tests laiddown in Annex VI Section 41

15 Special requirements for standard coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets of Classes A 50-1 A 50-2 and A 50-3

151 Dimensions of Class A 50-1 coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets must be as given in Figure 3 and Table 1 The clearancespace for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30 must berespected

152 Dimensions of Class A 50-2 and Class A 50-3 coupling balls and flangetype towing brackets must be as given in Figure 4 and Table 1 Theclearance space for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30must be respected

153 Coupling balls and flange type towing brackets of the Classes A 50-1 A50-2 and A 50-3 must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 2

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 21

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 22

TABLE 1

Dimensions of standard ball couplings and flange type towingrackets (mm)

(see Figures 3 and 4)

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3 Remarks

e1 90 83 120 plusmn05

e2 mdash 56 55 plusmn05

d2 17 105 15 H13

f 130 110 155 +6-0

g 50 85 90 +6-0

c 15 15 15 maximum

l 55 110 120 plusmn5

h 70 80 80 plusmn5

TABLE 2

Characteristic values for standard ball couplings and flange typetowing brackets

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3

D 17 20 30

S 120 120 120

D = maximum D-value (kN)S = maximum static vertical load (kg)

2 COUPLING HEADS

21 Coupling heads of Class B 50 must be designed so that they can beused safely with the coupling balls described in Section 1 of this Annexand thereby retain the prescribed characteristics

Coupling heads must be designed in such a way that safe coupling isensured also taking into account the wear of the coupling devices

22 Coupling heads must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in Annex VISection 42

23 Any additional device (e g braking stabilizer etc) shall not have anyadverse effect on the mechanical connection

24 Horizontal rotation of the coupling head at least 90deg to either side of thecentreline of the coupling ball and mounting described in Section 1 ofthis Annex when not attached to the vehicle must be possible Simulta-neously there must be an angle of free vertical movement 20deg above andbelow the horizontal Also in conjunction with the horizontal angel ofrotation of 90deg it must be possible for there to be 25deg of roll in bothdirections about the horizontal axis The following combinations ofmotions must be possible

mdash vertical pitch plusmn 15deg with acial roll plusmn 25deg

mdash axial roll plusmn 10deg with vertical pitch plusmn 20deg

at all angles of horizontal rotation

3 DRAWBAR COUPLINGS

The requirements of Sections 31 to 38 are applicable to all drawbarcouplings of Class C 50 Section 39 lists the additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard drawbar couplings of Classes C 50-1 to C 50-6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 23

31 Load requirements

All drawbar couplings shall be able to satisfy the tests stated in AnnexVI Section 43

32 Suitable drawbar eyes

Class C 50 drawbar couplings shall be compatible with all Class D 50drawbar eyes and coupling with the specified characteristics

33 Automatic operation

Drawbar couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

34 Jaw

Class C 50 drawbar couplings must have a jaw which is designed suchthat the appropriate drawbar eyes is guided into the coupling

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the vertical axisit must establish itself automatically in the normal position and with thecoupling pin open be effectively restrained in this position to givesatisfactory guidance for the drawbar eye during the coupling procedure

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the transverseaxis the joint providing the rotation capability must be restrained in itsnormal position by a locking torque This torque must be sufficient toprevent a force of 200 N acting vertically upwards on the top of the jawproducing any deflection of the joint from its normal position It mustbe possible to bring the jaw to its normal position manually A jaw thatpivots about the transverse axis is only approved for vertical bearingloads S of up to 50 kg and a V-value of up to 5 kN

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw is pivoted about the longitudinalaxis the rotation must be restrained by a locking torque of at least100 Nm

The minimum required size of the jaw depends on the D value of thecoupling

D-value le 18 kN width 150 mm height 100 mm

18 kN lt D-value le 25 kN width 280 mm height 170 mm

25 kN lt D-value width 360 mm height 200 mm

The external corners of the jaw may be radiused

Smaller jaws are permitted for Class C 50-X drawbar coupling if theiruse is restricted to centre-axle trailers up to 35 tonnes maximumpermissible mass or if the use of a jaw from the above table isimpossible due to technical reasons and if furthermore there arespecial circumstances such as visual aids for ensuring safe executionof the automatic coupling procedure and if the field of application isrestricted in the approval according to Annex III

35 Minimum freedom of movement of the coupled drawbar eye

The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate horizontally plusmn 90deg aboutthe vertical axis from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (see Figure 5)The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate vertically plusmn 20deg aboutthe transverse axis from the horizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure6) If the motion is provided by a special joint (only on Class C 50-Xdrawbar couplings) the field of application given in the approvalaccording to Annex III must be restricted to the cases stated inAnnex VII Section 237 It must be possible for the coupled drawbareye to be rotated axially plusmn 25deg about the longitudinal axis from thehorizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure 7)

The stated angles of rotation are applicable to drawbar couplings notattached to the vehicle

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 24

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 10: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

334 There shall be affixed conspicuously and in a readily accessible placespecified on the approval form to every mechanical coupling deviceconforming to a type of mechanical coupling device approved underthis Directive an international approval mark consisting of

1 for the Federal Republic of Germany

2 for France

3 for Italy

4 for The Netherlands

6 for Belgium

A1

7 for Hungary

8 for the Czech

B

9 for Spain

11 for the United Kingdom

13 for Luxembourg

18 for Denmark

M1

19 for Romania

A1

20 for Poland

B

21 for Portugal

A1

26 for Slovenia

27 for Slovakia

29 for Estonia

32 for Latvia

M1

34 for Bulgaria

A1

36 for Lithuania

CY for Cyprus

MT for Malta

B

IRL for Ireland

EL for Greece

3341 A rectangle surrounding the letter lsquoersquo followed by the distinguishingnumber of the country which has granted approval

3342 A two-digit number indicating the number of the latest amendmentof the Directive (for this Directive the number is 00) and Section 4 ofthe type-aproval number as given on the EEC type-approval certi-ficate (see Annex IV) near to the rectangle of the approval mark

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 10

3343 The following supplementary marks placed anywhere close to therectangle

mdash class of coupling device

mdash permissible values for D S V and U where applicable

335 The approval mark shall be indelible and clearly legible even whenthe coupling device is attached to the vehicle

336 Annex II to this Directive gives examples of the arrangement of theapproval mark

34 Modification of the type of mechanical coupling device andextension of EEC component type-approval

341 In the case of modification of a type approved pursuant to thisDirective the provisions of Article 5 of Directive 70156EEC shallapply

4 EEC TYPE-APPROVAL FOR A VEHICLE

41 Application for EEC type-approval

411 The application for EEC type-approval pursuant to Article 3 (4) ofDirective 70156EEC of a vehicle type with regard to its type of amechanical coupling device shall be submitted by the manufacturer

412 A model for the information document is given in Annex VIII

413 The following must be submitted to the technical service responsiblefor conducting the type-approval tests

4131 a vehicle representative for this type which may be equipped with anEEC type-approved coupling device

4132 when the vehicle type is provided with a mechanical coupling deviceas first equipment by the vehicle manufacturer type(s) of mechanicalcoupling device(s) including its (their) mounting plate(s) or towingbracket(s) if any furthermore the EEC type-approval for the couplingdevice(s) shall be made available

42 Granting of EEC type-approval

421 If the relevant requirements are satisfied EEC type-approval pursuantto Article 4 (3) and (4) of Directive 70156EEC shall be granted

422 A model for the EEC type-approval certificate is given in Annex IX

423 An approval number in accordance with Annex VII to Directive70156EEC shall be assigned to each type of vehicle approvedThe same Member State shall not assign the same number toanother type of vehicle

43 Modification of the type of vehicle and extension of EEC vehicletype-approval

431 In the case of modification of a type-approval pursuant to thisDirective the provisions of Article 5 of Directive 70156EEC shallapply

432 The holder of an EEC vehicle type-approval can apply for it to beextended to other types or classes of coupling devices

The competent authorities will grant such an extension on thefollowing conditions

4321 EEC component type-approval has already been granted for the othertype of coupling device

4322 it is suitable for the type of vehicle for which the extension of theEEC vehicle type-approval has been applied for

4323 the attachment of the coupling device to the vehicle corresponds tothat proposed for the granting of EEC component type-approval

433 In the case of standard coupling devices in classes A C D and GEEC vehicle type-approval is also valid for other coupling devices ofthe same class without the need for a further mounting check andextension of EEC vehicle type-approval

B

1994L0020 mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001 mdash 11

5 REQUIREMENTS

51 The mechanical coupling devices between motor vehicles and trailersmust be manufactured and attached in accordance with good engi-neering practice and must be safe to operate

52 Safe coupling and uncoupling of the vehicles must be possible by asingle person without the use of tools Only automatic couplingdevices which allow an automatic coupling procedure shall beemployed for the coupling of trailers having a maximum mass ofmore than 35 tonnes

53 The mechanical coupling devices shall be so designed and manu-factured that in normal use with proper maintenance and thetimely replacement of wearing parts they will continue to functionsatisfactorily

54 Every coupling device must be accompanied by installation andoperating instructions giving sufficient information for a competentperson to install it on the vehicle and operate it properly Theinstructions must be in the language or languages of the MemberState in which the coupling device will be offered for sale In thecase of coupling devices supplied for assembly-line use by vehiclebuilders or bodybuilders the provisions of installation and operatinginstructions for each coupling device can be dispensed with It is thenthe responsibility of the vehicle builder or bodybuilder to ensure thatthe vehicle operator is provided with the information necessary foroperating the coupling device

55 The materials that may be used are those for which the propertiesrelevant to the application are laid down in a standard or those forwhich the properties are given in the documentation according toSection 312 of this Annex

56 All parts of the mechanical coupling devices whose failure couldresult in separation of the two vehicles must be made of steelOther materials may be used provided equivalence has been demon-strated by the manufacturer to the satisfaction of the TechnicalService

57 All couplings must be designed for positive mechanical engagementand the closed position must be secured at least once by positivemechanical engagement unless further requirements are stated inAnnex V

58 The mechanical coupling devices must satisfy the requirements ofAnnex V

59 Loading requirements

591 Mechanical coupling devices are subject to the tests described inAnnex VI

592 These tests must not cause any cracks fractures or other visibleexternal damage or any excessive permanent distortion whichwould be detrimental to the satisfactory operation of the device

510 The installation of the mechanical coupling devices to the vehiclemust be checked according to the requirements given in AnnexVII This requirement should apply to both EEC type-approval of avehicle when the vehicle type is provided with a mechanicalcoupling device as first equipment by the vehicle manufacturer andEEC type-approval of a mechanical coupling device designed for aspecific vehicle type

511 The abovementioned requirements and those of Annexes V VI andVII are also applicable as relevant to miscellaneous coupling devices(Class S)

6 CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION

61 As a general rule measures to ensure the conformity of productionshall be taken in accordance with the provisions laid down in Article10 of Directive 70156EEC

62 The normal frequency of inspections to be carried out by thecompetent authority shall be one per year

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 12

ANNEX II

(a) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar coupling of Class C 50-X with a maximum permittedD value of 130 kN a maximum permitted Dc value of 90 kN a maximumpermitted static vertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permittedV-value of 35 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted inthe Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0207 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(b) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar eye

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar eye 50 of Class D 50-X for welding attachment havinga D value of 130 kN a Dc value of 100 kN a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of50 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1934 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 13

(c) Specimen EEC approval mark for a fifth wheel coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling of Class G 50-X having a maximumpermitted D value of 180 kN and a maximum permitted fifth wheel loadof 26 tonnes for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0015 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(d) Specimen EEC approval marking for a fifth wheel coupling pin

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling pin of Class H 50-X having a D value of162 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in the FederalRepublic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1989 The first two digits 00indicate that this component was approved according to the original form ofthis Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 14

(e) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling ball and towingbrackets

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling ball and towing brackets of Class A 50-X having amaximum permitted D value of 18 kN and a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EEC component type-approvalwas granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number0304 The first two digits 00 indicate that this component was approvedaccordintg to the original form to this Directive

(f) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling head

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling head of Class B 50-X having a D value of 18 kN anda maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EECcomponent type-approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e1) under the number 1993 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 15

(g) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is adrawbar for a centre-axle trailer of Class E with a maximum permitted Dvalue of 109 kN a maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of 50 kN for which EECcomponent type approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany(e 1) under the number 0013 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 16

ANNEX III

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 17

ANNEX IV

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 18

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 19

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 20

ANNEX V

Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

1 COUPLING BALLS AND TOWING BRACKETS

The requirements stated in 11 to 14 are applicable to all coupling ballsand towing brackets of Class A Section 15 lists additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard coupling balls 50 and flange typetowing brackets

11 Coupling balls of Class A must conform to Figure 2 in shape anddimensions

12 The shape and the dimensions of the towing brackets have to meet therequirements of the vehicle manufacturer concerning the attachmentpoints and additional mounting devices if necessary

13 In the case of removable coupling balls the point of connection and theirlocking must be designed for positive mechanical engagement

14 Coupling balls and towing devices must be able to satisfy the tests laiddown in Annex VI Section 41

15 Special requirements for standard coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets of Classes A 50-1 A 50-2 and A 50-3

151 Dimensions of Class A 50-1 coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets must be as given in Figure 3 and Table 1 The clearancespace for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30 must berespected

152 Dimensions of Class A 50-2 and Class A 50-3 coupling balls and flangetype towing brackets must be as given in Figure 4 and Table 1 Theclearance space for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30must be respected

153 Coupling balls and flange type towing brackets of the Classes A 50-1 A50-2 and A 50-3 must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 2

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 21

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 22

TABLE 1

Dimensions of standard ball couplings and flange type towingrackets (mm)

(see Figures 3 and 4)

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3 Remarks

e1 90 83 120 plusmn05

e2 mdash 56 55 plusmn05

d2 17 105 15 H13

f 130 110 155 +6-0

g 50 85 90 +6-0

c 15 15 15 maximum

l 55 110 120 plusmn5

h 70 80 80 plusmn5

TABLE 2

Characteristic values for standard ball couplings and flange typetowing brackets

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3

D 17 20 30

S 120 120 120

D = maximum D-value (kN)S = maximum static vertical load (kg)

2 COUPLING HEADS

21 Coupling heads of Class B 50 must be designed so that they can beused safely with the coupling balls described in Section 1 of this Annexand thereby retain the prescribed characteristics

Coupling heads must be designed in such a way that safe coupling isensured also taking into account the wear of the coupling devices

22 Coupling heads must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in Annex VISection 42

23 Any additional device (e g braking stabilizer etc) shall not have anyadverse effect on the mechanical connection

24 Horizontal rotation of the coupling head at least 90deg to either side of thecentreline of the coupling ball and mounting described in Section 1 ofthis Annex when not attached to the vehicle must be possible Simulta-neously there must be an angle of free vertical movement 20deg above andbelow the horizontal Also in conjunction with the horizontal angel ofrotation of 90deg it must be possible for there to be 25deg of roll in bothdirections about the horizontal axis The following combinations ofmotions must be possible

mdash vertical pitch plusmn 15deg with acial roll plusmn 25deg

mdash axial roll plusmn 10deg with vertical pitch plusmn 20deg

at all angles of horizontal rotation

3 DRAWBAR COUPLINGS

The requirements of Sections 31 to 38 are applicable to all drawbarcouplings of Class C 50 Section 39 lists the additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard drawbar couplings of Classes C 50-1 to C 50-6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 23

31 Load requirements

All drawbar couplings shall be able to satisfy the tests stated in AnnexVI Section 43

32 Suitable drawbar eyes

Class C 50 drawbar couplings shall be compatible with all Class D 50drawbar eyes and coupling with the specified characteristics

33 Automatic operation

Drawbar couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

34 Jaw

Class C 50 drawbar couplings must have a jaw which is designed suchthat the appropriate drawbar eyes is guided into the coupling

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the vertical axisit must establish itself automatically in the normal position and with thecoupling pin open be effectively restrained in this position to givesatisfactory guidance for the drawbar eye during the coupling procedure

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the transverseaxis the joint providing the rotation capability must be restrained in itsnormal position by a locking torque This torque must be sufficient toprevent a force of 200 N acting vertically upwards on the top of the jawproducing any deflection of the joint from its normal position It mustbe possible to bring the jaw to its normal position manually A jaw thatpivots about the transverse axis is only approved for vertical bearingloads S of up to 50 kg and a V-value of up to 5 kN

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw is pivoted about the longitudinalaxis the rotation must be restrained by a locking torque of at least100 Nm

The minimum required size of the jaw depends on the D value of thecoupling

D-value le 18 kN width 150 mm height 100 mm

18 kN lt D-value le 25 kN width 280 mm height 170 mm

25 kN lt D-value width 360 mm height 200 mm

The external corners of the jaw may be radiused

Smaller jaws are permitted for Class C 50-X drawbar coupling if theiruse is restricted to centre-axle trailers up to 35 tonnes maximumpermissible mass or if the use of a jaw from the above table isimpossible due to technical reasons and if furthermore there arespecial circumstances such as visual aids for ensuring safe executionof the automatic coupling procedure and if the field of application isrestricted in the approval according to Annex III

35 Minimum freedom of movement of the coupled drawbar eye

The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate horizontally plusmn 90deg aboutthe vertical axis from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (see Figure 5)The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate vertically plusmn 20deg aboutthe transverse axis from the horizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure6) If the motion is provided by a special joint (only on Class C 50-Xdrawbar couplings) the field of application given in the approvalaccording to Annex III must be restricted to the cases stated inAnnex VII Section 237 It must be possible for the coupled drawbareye to be rotated axially plusmn 25deg about the longitudinal axis from thehorizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure 7)

The stated angles of rotation are applicable to drawbar couplings notattached to the vehicle

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 24

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 11: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

3343 The following supplementary marks placed anywhere close to therectangle

mdash class of coupling device

mdash permissible values for D S V and U where applicable

335 The approval mark shall be indelible and clearly legible even whenthe coupling device is attached to the vehicle

336 Annex II to this Directive gives examples of the arrangement of theapproval mark

34 Modification of the type of mechanical coupling device andextension of EEC component type-approval

341 In the case of modification of a type approved pursuant to thisDirective the provisions of Article 5 of Directive 70156EEC shallapply

4 EEC TYPE-APPROVAL FOR A VEHICLE

41 Application for EEC type-approval

411 The application for EEC type-approval pursuant to Article 3 (4) ofDirective 70156EEC of a vehicle type with regard to its type of amechanical coupling device shall be submitted by the manufacturer

412 A model for the information document is given in Annex VIII

413 The following must be submitted to the technical service responsiblefor conducting the type-approval tests

4131 a vehicle representative for this type which may be equipped with anEEC type-approved coupling device

4132 when the vehicle type is provided with a mechanical coupling deviceas first equipment by the vehicle manufacturer type(s) of mechanicalcoupling device(s) including its (their) mounting plate(s) or towingbracket(s) if any furthermore the EEC type-approval for the couplingdevice(s) shall be made available

42 Granting of EEC type-approval

421 If the relevant requirements are satisfied EEC type-approval pursuantto Article 4 (3) and (4) of Directive 70156EEC shall be granted

422 A model for the EEC type-approval certificate is given in Annex IX

423 An approval number in accordance with Annex VII to Directive70156EEC shall be assigned to each type of vehicle approvedThe same Member State shall not assign the same number toanother type of vehicle

43 Modification of the type of vehicle and extension of EEC vehicletype-approval

431 In the case of modification of a type-approval pursuant to thisDirective the provisions of Article 5 of Directive 70156EEC shallapply

432 The holder of an EEC vehicle type-approval can apply for it to beextended to other types or classes of coupling devices

The competent authorities will grant such an extension on thefollowing conditions

4321 EEC component type-approval has already been granted for the othertype of coupling device

4322 it is suitable for the type of vehicle for which the extension of theEEC vehicle type-approval has been applied for

4323 the attachment of the coupling device to the vehicle corresponds tothat proposed for the granting of EEC component type-approval

433 In the case of standard coupling devices in classes A C D and GEEC vehicle type-approval is also valid for other coupling devices ofthe same class without the need for a further mounting check andextension of EEC vehicle type-approval

B

1994L0020 mdash ENmdash 01012007 mdash 002001 mdash 11

5 REQUIREMENTS

51 The mechanical coupling devices between motor vehicles and trailersmust be manufactured and attached in accordance with good engi-neering practice and must be safe to operate

52 Safe coupling and uncoupling of the vehicles must be possible by asingle person without the use of tools Only automatic couplingdevices which allow an automatic coupling procedure shall beemployed for the coupling of trailers having a maximum mass ofmore than 35 tonnes

53 The mechanical coupling devices shall be so designed and manu-factured that in normal use with proper maintenance and thetimely replacement of wearing parts they will continue to functionsatisfactorily

54 Every coupling device must be accompanied by installation andoperating instructions giving sufficient information for a competentperson to install it on the vehicle and operate it properly Theinstructions must be in the language or languages of the MemberState in which the coupling device will be offered for sale In thecase of coupling devices supplied for assembly-line use by vehiclebuilders or bodybuilders the provisions of installation and operatinginstructions for each coupling device can be dispensed with It is thenthe responsibility of the vehicle builder or bodybuilder to ensure thatthe vehicle operator is provided with the information necessary foroperating the coupling device

55 The materials that may be used are those for which the propertiesrelevant to the application are laid down in a standard or those forwhich the properties are given in the documentation according toSection 312 of this Annex

56 All parts of the mechanical coupling devices whose failure couldresult in separation of the two vehicles must be made of steelOther materials may be used provided equivalence has been demon-strated by the manufacturer to the satisfaction of the TechnicalService

57 All couplings must be designed for positive mechanical engagementand the closed position must be secured at least once by positivemechanical engagement unless further requirements are stated inAnnex V

58 The mechanical coupling devices must satisfy the requirements ofAnnex V

59 Loading requirements

591 Mechanical coupling devices are subject to the tests described inAnnex VI

592 These tests must not cause any cracks fractures or other visibleexternal damage or any excessive permanent distortion whichwould be detrimental to the satisfactory operation of the device

510 The installation of the mechanical coupling devices to the vehiclemust be checked according to the requirements given in AnnexVII This requirement should apply to both EEC type-approval of avehicle when the vehicle type is provided with a mechanicalcoupling device as first equipment by the vehicle manufacturer andEEC type-approval of a mechanical coupling device designed for aspecific vehicle type

511 The abovementioned requirements and those of Annexes V VI andVII are also applicable as relevant to miscellaneous coupling devices(Class S)

6 CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION

61 As a general rule measures to ensure the conformity of productionshall be taken in accordance with the provisions laid down in Article10 of Directive 70156EEC

62 The normal frequency of inspections to be carried out by thecompetent authority shall be one per year

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 12

ANNEX II

(a) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar coupling of Class C 50-X with a maximum permittedD value of 130 kN a maximum permitted Dc value of 90 kN a maximumpermitted static vertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permittedV-value of 35 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted inthe Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0207 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(b) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar eye

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar eye 50 of Class D 50-X for welding attachment havinga D value of 130 kN a Dc value of 100 kN a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of50 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1934 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 13

(c) Specimen EEC approval mark for a fifth wheel coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling of Class G 50-X having a maximumpermitted D value of 180 kN and a maximum permitted fifth wheel loadof 26 tonnes for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0015 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(d) Specimen EEC approval marking for a fifth wheel coupling pin

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling pin of Class H 50-X having a D value of162 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in the FederalRepublic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1989 The first two digits 00indicate that this component was approved according to the original form ofthis Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 14

(e) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling ball and towingbrackets

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling ball and towing brackets of Class A 50-X having amaximum permitted D value of 18 kN and a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EEC component type-approvalwas granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number0304 The first two digits 00 indicate that this component was approvedaccordintg to the original form to this Directive

(f) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling head

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling head of Class B 50-X having a D value of 18 kN anda maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EECcomponent type-approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e1) under the number 1993 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 15

(g) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is adrawbar for a centre-axle trailer of Class E with a maximum permitted Dvalue of 109 kN a maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of 50 kN for which EECcomponent type approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany(e 1) under the number 0013 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 16

ANNEX III

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 17

ANNEX IV

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 18

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 19

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 20

ANNEX V

Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

1 COUPLING BALLS AND TOWING BRACKETS

The requirements stated in 11 to 14 are applicable to all coupling ballsand towing brackets of Class A Section 15 lists additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard coupling balls 50 and flange typetowing brackets

11 Coupling balls of Class A must conform to Figure 2 in shape anddimensions

12 The shape and the dimensions of the towing brackets have to meet therequirements of the vehicle manufacturer concerning the attachmentpoints and additional mounting devices if necessary

13 In the case of removable coupling balls the point of connection and theirlocking must be designed for positive mechanical engagement

14 Coupling balls and towing devices must be able to satisfy the tests laiddown in Annex VI Section 41

15 Special requirements for standard coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets of Classes A 50-1 A 50-2 and A 50-3

151 Dimensions of Class A 50-1 coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets must be as given in Figure 3 and Table 1 The clearancespace for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30 must berespected

152 Dimensions of Class A 50-2 and Class A 50-3 coupling balls and flangetype towing brackets must be as given in Figure 4 and Table 1 Theclearance space for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30must be respected

153 Coupling balls and flange type towing brackets of the Classes A 50-1 A50-2 and A 50-3 must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 2

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 21

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 22

TABLE 1

Dimensions of standard ball couplings and flange type towingrackets (mm)

(see Figures 3 and 4)

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3 Remarks

e1 90 83 120 plusmn05

e2 mdash 56 55 plusmn05

d2 17 105 15 H13

f 130 110 155 +6-0

g 50 85 90 +6-0

c 15 15 15 maximum

l 55 110 120 plusmn5

h 70 80 80 plusmn5

TABLE 2

Characteristic values for standard ball couplings and flange typetowing brackets

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3

D 17 20 30

S 120 120 120

D = maximum D-value (kN)S = maximum static vertical load (kg)

2 COUPLING HEADS

21 Coupling heads of Class B 50 must be designed so that they can beused safely with the coupling balls described in Section 1 of this Annexand thereby retain the prescribed characteristics

Coupling heads must be designed in such a way that safe coupling isensured also taking into account the wear of the coupling devices

22 Coupling heads must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in Annex VISection 42

23 Any additional device (e g braking stabilizer etc) shall not have anyadverse effect on the mechanical connection

24 Horizontal rotation of the coupling head at least 90deg to either side of thecentreline of the coupling ball and mounting described in Section 1 ofthis Annex when not attached to the vehicle must be possible Simulta-neously there must be an angle of free vertical movement 20deg above andbelow the horizontal Also in conjunction with the horizontal angel ofrotation of 90deg it must be possible for there to be 25deg of roll in bothdirections about the horizontal axis The following combinations ofmotions must be possible

mdash vertical pitch plusmn 15deg with acial roll plusmn 25deg

mdash axial roll plusmn 10deg with vertical pitch plusmn 20deg

at all angles of horizontal rotation

3 DRAWBAR COUPLINGS

The requirements of Sections 31 to 38 are applicable to all drawbarcouplings of Class C 50 Section 39 lists the additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard drawbar couplings of Classes C 50-1 to C 50-6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 23

31 Load requirements

All drawbar couplings shall be able to satisfy the tests stated in AnnexVI Section 43

32 Suitable drawbar eyes

Class C 50 drawbar couplings shall be compatible with all Class D 50drawbar eyes and coupling with the specified characteristics

33 Automatic operation

Drawbar couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

34 Jaw

Class C 50 drawbar couplings must have a jaw which is designed suchthat the appropriate drawbar eyes is guided into the coupling

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the vertical axisit must establish itself automatically in the normal position and with thecoupling pin open be effectively restrained in this position to givesatisfactory guidance for the drawbar eye during the coupling procedure

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the transverseaxis the joint providing the rotation capability must be restrained in itsnormal position by a locking torque This torque must be sufficient toprevent a force of 200 N acting vertically upwards on the top of the jawproducing any deflection of the joint from its normal position It mustbe possible to bring the jaw to its normal position manually A jaw thatpivots about the transverse axis is only approved for vertical bearingloads S of up to 50 kg and a V-value of up to 5 kN

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw is pivoted about the longitudinalaxis the rotation must be restrained by a locking torque of at least100 Nm

The minimum required size of the jaw depends on the D value of thecoupling

D-value le 18 kN width 150 mm height 100 mm

18 kN lt D-value le 25 kN width 280 mm height 170 mm

25 kN lt D-value width 360 mm height 200 mm

The external corners of the jaw may be radiused

Smaller jaws are permitted for Class C 50-X drawbar coupling if theiruse is restricted to centre-axle trailers up to 35 tonnes maximumpermissible mass or if the use of a jaw from the above table isimpossible due to technical reasons and if furthermore there arespecial circumstances such as visual aids for ensuring safe executionof the automatic coupling procedure and if the field of application isrestricted in the approval according to Annex III

35 Minimum freedom of movement of the coupled drawbar eye

The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate horizontally plusmn 90deg aboutthe vertical axis from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (see Figure 5)The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate vertically plusmn 20deg aboutthe transverse axis from the horizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure6) If the motion is provided by a special joint (only on Class C 50-Xdrawbar couplings) the field of application given in the approvalaccording to Annex III must be restricted to the cases stated inAnnex VII Section 237 It must be possible for the coupled drawbareye to be rotated axially plusmn 25deg about the longitudinal axis from thehorizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure 7)

The stated angles of rotation are applicable to drawbar couplings notattached to the vehicle

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 24

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 12: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

5 REQUIREMENTS

51 The mechanical coupling devices between motor vehicles and trailersmust be manufactured and attached in accordance with good engi-neering practice and must be safe to operate

52 Safe coupling and uncoupling of the vehicles must be possible by asingle person without the use of tools Only automatic couplingdevices which allow an automatic coupling procedure shall beemployed for the coupling of trailers having a maximum mass ofmore than 35 tonnes

53 The mechanical coupling devices shall be so designed and manu-factured that in normal use with proper maintenance and thetimely replacement of wearing parts they will continue to functionsatisfactorily

54 Every coupling device must be accompanied by installation andoperating instructions giving sufficient information for a competentperson to install it on the vehicle and operate it properly Theinstructions must be in the language or languages of the MemberState in which the coupling device will be offered for sale In thecase of coupling devices supplied for assembly-line use by vehiclebuilders or bodybuilders the provisions of installation and operatinginstructions for each coupling device can be dispensed with It is thenthe responsibility of the vehicle builder or bodybuilder to ensure thatthe vehicle operator is provided with the information necessary foroperating the coupling device

55 The materials that may be used are those for which the propertiesrelevant to the application are laid down in a standard or those forwhich the properties are given in the documentation according toSection 312 of this Annex

56 All parts of the mechanical coupling devices whose failure couldresult in separation of the two vehicles must be made of steelOther materials may be used provided equivalence has been demon-strated by the manufacturer to the satisfaction of the TechnicalService

57 All couplings must be designed for positive mechanical engagementand the closed position must be secured at least once by positivemechanical engagement unless further requirements are stated inAnnex V

58 The mechanical coupling devices must satisfy the requirements ofAnnex V

59 Loading requirements

591 Mechanical coupling devices are subject to the tests described inAnnex VI

592 These tests must not cause any cracks fractures or other visibleexternal damage or any excessive permanent distortion whichwould be detrimental to the satisfactory operation of the device

510 The installation of the mechanical coupling devices to the vehiclemust be checked according to the requirements given in AnnexVII This requirement should apply to both EEC type-approval of avehicle when the vehicle type is provided with a mechanicalcoupling device as first equipment by the vehicle manufacturer andEEC type-approval of a mechanical coupling device designed for aspecific vehicle type

511 The abovementioned requirements and those of Annexes V VI andVII are also applicable as relevant to miscellaneous coupling devices(Class S)

6 CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION

61 As a general rule measures to ensure the conformity of productionshall be taken in accordance with the provisions laid down in Article10 of Directive 70156EEC

62 The normal frequency of inspections to be carried out by thecompetent authority shall be one per year

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 12

ANNEX II

(a) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar coupling of Class C 50-X with a maximum permittedD value of 130 kN a maximum permitted Dc value of 90 kN a maximumpermitted static vertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permittedV-value of 35 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted inthe Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0207 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(b) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar eye

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar eye 50 of Class D 50-X for welding attachment havinga D value of 130 kN a Dc value of 100 kN a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of50 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1934 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 13

(c) Specimen EEC approval mark for a fifth wheel coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling of Class G 50-X having a maximumpermitted D value of 180 kN and a maximum permitted fifth wheel loadof 26 tonnes for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0015 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(d) Specimen EEC approval marking for a fifth wheel coupling pin

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling pin of Class H 50-X having a D value of162 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in the FederalRepublic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1989 The first two digits 00indicate that this component was approved according to the original form ofthis Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 14

(e) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling ball and towingbrackets

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling ball and towing brackets of Class A 50-X having amaximum permitted D value of 18 kN and a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EEC component type-approvalwas granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number0304 The first two digits 00 indicate that this component was approvedaccordintg to the original form to this Directive

(f) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling head

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling head of Class B 50-X having a D value of 18 kN anda maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EECcomponent type-approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e1) under the number 1993 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 15

(g) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is adrawbar for a centre-axle trailer of Class E with a maximum permitted Dvalue of 109 kN a maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of 50 kN for which EECcomponent type approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany(e 1) under the number 0013 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 16

ANNEX III

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 17

ANNEX IV

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 18

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 19

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 20

ANNEX V

Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

1 COUPLING BALLS AND TOWING BRACKETS

The requirements stated in 11 to 14 are applicable to all coupling ballsand towing brackets of Class A Section 15 lists additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard coupling balls 50 and flange typetowing brackets

11 Coupling balls of Class A must conform to Figure 2 in shape anddimensions

12 The shape and the dimensions of the towing brackets have to meet therequirements of the vehicle manufacturer concerning the attachmentpoints and additional mounting devices if necessary

13 In the case of removable coupling balls the point of connection and theirlocking must be designed for positive mechanical engagement

14 Coupling balls and towing devices must be able to satisfy the tests laiddown in Annex VI Section 41

15 Special requirements for standard coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets of Classes A 50-1 A 50-2 and A 50-3

151 Dimensions of Class A 50-1 coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets must be as given in Figure 3 and Table 1 The clearancespace for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30 must berespected

152 Dimensions of Class A 50-2 and Class A 50-3 coupling balls and flangetype towing brackets must be as given in Figure 4 and Table 1 Theclearance space for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30must be respected

153 Coupling balls and flange type towing brackets of the Classes A 50-1 A50-2 and A 50-3 must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 2

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 21

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 22

TABLE 1

Dimensions of standard ball couplings and flange type towingrackets (mm)

(see Figures 3 and 4)

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3 Remarks

e1 90 83 120 plusmn05

e2 mdash 56 55 plusmn05

d2 17 105 15 H13

f 130 110 155 +6-0

g 50 85 90 +6-0

c 15 15 15 maximum

l 55 110 120 plusmn5

h 70 80 80 plusmn5

TABLE 2

Characteristic values for standard ball couplings and flange typetowing brackets

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3

D 17 20 30

S 120 120 120

D = maximum D-value (kN)S = maximum static vertical load (kg)

2 COUPLING HEADS

21 Coupling heads of Class B 50 must be designed so that they can beused safely with the coupling balls described in Section 1 of this Annexand thereby retain the prescribed characteristics

Coupling heads must be designed in such a way that safe coupling isensured also taking into account the wear of the coupling devices

22 Coupling heads must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in Annex VISection 42

23 Any additional device (e g braking stabilizer etc) shall not have anyadverse effect on the mechanical connection

24 Horizontal rotation of the coupling head at least 90deg to either side of thecentreline of the coupling ball and mounting described in Section 1 ofthis Annex when not attached to the vehicle must be possible Simulta-neously there must be an angle of free vertical movement 20deg above andbelow the horizontal Also in conjunction with the horizontal angel ofrotation of 90deg it must be possible for there to be 25deg of roll in bothdirections about the horizontal axis The following combinations ofmotions must be possible

mdash vertical pitch plusmn 15deg with acial roll plusmn 25deg

mdash axial roll plusmn 10deg with vertical pitch plusmn 20deg

at all angles of horizontal rotation

3 DRAWBAR COUPLINGS

The requirements of Sections 31 to 38 are applicable to all drawbarcouplings of Class C 50 Section 39 lists the additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard drawbar couplings of Classes C 50-1 to C 50-6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 23

31 Load requirements

All drawbar couplings shall be able to satisfy the tests stated in AnnexVI Section 43

32 Suitable drawbar eyes

Class C 50 drawbar couplings shall be compatible with all Class D 50drawbar eyes and coupling with the specified characteristics

33 Automatic operation

Drawbar couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

34 Jaw

Class C 50 drawbar couplings must have a jaw which is designed suchthat the appropriate drawbar eyes is guided into the coupling

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the vertical axisit must establish itself automatically in the normal position and with thecoupling pin open be effectively restrained in this position to givesatisfactory guidance for the drawbar eye during the coupling procedure

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the transverseaxis the joint providing the rotation capability must be restrained in itsnormal position by a locking torque This torque must be sufficient toprevent a force of 200 N acting vertically upwards on the top of the jawproducing any deflection of the joint from its normal position It mustbe possible to bring the jaw to its normal position manually A jaw thatpivots about the transverse axis is only approved for vertical bearingloads S of up to 50 kg and a V-value of up to 5 kN

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw is pivoted about the longitudinalaxis the rotation must be restrained by a locking torque of at least100 Nm

The minimum required size of the jaw depends on the D value of thecoupling

D-value le 18 kN width 150 mm height 100 mm

18 kN lt D-value le 25 kN width 280 mm height 170 mm

25 kN lt D-value width 360 mm height 200 mm

The external corners of the jaw may be radiused

Smaller jaws are permitted for Class C 50-X drawbar coupling if theiruse is restricted to centre-axle trailers up to 35 tonnes maximumpermissible mass or if the use of a jaw from the above table isimpossible due to technical reasons and if furthermore there arespecial circumstances such as visual aids for ensuring safe executionof the automatic coupling procedure and if the field of application isrestricted in the approval according to Annex III

35 Minimum freedom of movement of the coupled drawbar eye

The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate horizontally plusmn 90deg aboutthe vertical axis from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (see Figure 5)The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate vertically plusmn 20deg aboutthe transverse axis from the horizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure6) If the motion is provided by a special joint (only on Class C 50-Xdrawbar couplings) the field of application given in the approvalaccording to Annex III must be restricted to the cases stated inAnnex VII Section 237 It must be possible for the coupled drawbareye to be rotated axially plusmn 25deg about the longitudinal axis from thehorizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure 7)

The stated angles of rotation are applicable to drawbar couplings notattached to the vehicle

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 24

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 13: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

ANNEX II

(a) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar coupling of Class C 50-X with a maximum permittedD value of 130 kN a maximum permitted Dc value of 90 kN a maximumpermitted static vertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permittedV-value of 35 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted inthe Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0207 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(b) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar eye

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard drawbar eye 50 of Class D 50-X for welding attachment havinga D value of 130 kN a Dc value of 100 kN a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of50 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1934 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 13

(c) Specimen EEC approval mark for a fifth wheel coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling of Class G 50-X having a maximumpermitted D value of 180 kN and a maximum permitted fifth wheel loadof 26 tonnes for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0015 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(d) Specimen EEC approval marking for a fifth wheel coupling pin

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling pin of Class H 50-X having a D value of162 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in the FederalRepublic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1989 The first two digits 00indicate that this component was approved according to the original form ofthis Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 14

(e) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling ball and towingbrackets

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling ball and towing brackets of Class A 50-X having amaximum permitted D value of 18 kN and a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EEC component type-approvalwas granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number0304 The first two digits 00 indicate that this component was approvedaccordintg to the original form to this Directive

(f) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling head

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling head of Class B 50-X having a D value of 18 kN anda maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EECcomponent type-approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e1) under the number 1993 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 15

(g) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is adrawbar for a centre-axle trailer of Class E with a maximum permitted Dvalue of 109 kN a maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of 50 kN for which EECcomponent type approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany(e 1) under the number 0013 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 16

ANNEX III

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 17

ANNEX IV

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 18

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 19

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 20

ANNEX V

Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

1 COUPLING BALLS AND TOWING BRACKETS

The requirements stated in 11 to 14 are applicable to all coupling ballsand towing brackets of Class A Section 15 lists additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard coupling balls 50 and flange typetowing brackets

11 Coupling balls of Class A must conform to Figure 2 in shape anddimensions

12 The shape and the dimensions of the towing brackets have to meet therequirements of the vehicle manufacturer concerning the attachmentpoints and additional mounting devices if necessary

13 In the case of removable coupling balls the point of connection and theirlocking must be designed for positive mechanical engagement

14 Coupling balls and towing devices must be able to satisfy the tests laiddown in Annex VI Section 41

15 Special requirements for standard coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets of Classes A 50-1 A 50-2 and A 50-3

151 Dimensions of Class A 50-1 coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets must be as given in Figure 3 and Table 1 The clearancespace for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30 must berespected

152 Dimensions of Class A 50-2 and Class A 50-3 coupling balls and flangetype towing brackets must be as given in Figure 4 and Table 1 Theclearance space for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30must be respected

153 Coupling balls and flange type towing brackets of the Classes A 50-1 A50-2 and A 50-3 must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 2

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 21

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 22

TABLE 1

Dimensions of standard ball couplings and flange type towingrackets (mm)

(see Figures 3 and 4)

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3 Remarks

e1 90 83 120 plusmn05

e2 mdash 56 55 plusmn05

d2 17 105 15 H13

f 130 110 155 +6-0

g 50 85 90 +6-0

c 15 15 15 maximum

l 55 110 120 plusmn5

h 70 80 80 plusmn5

TABLE 2

Characteristic values for standard ball couplings and flange typetowing brackets

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3

D 17 20 30

S 120 120 120

D = maximum D-value (kN)S = maximum static vertical load (kg)

2 COUPLING HEADS

21 Coupling heads of Class B 50 must be designed so that they can beused safely with the coupling balls described in Section 1 of this Annexand thereby retain the prescribed characteristics

Coupling heads must be designed in such a way that safe coupling isensured also taking into account the wear of the coupling devices

22 Coupling heads must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in Annex VISection 42

23 Any additional device (e g braking stabilizer etc) shall not have anyadverse effect on the mechanical connection

24 Horizontal rotation of the coupling head at least 90deg to either side of thecentreline of the coupling ball and mounting described in Section 1 ofthis Annex when not attached to the vehicle must be possible Simulta-neously there must be an angle of free vertical movement 20deg above andbelow the horizontal Also in conjunction with the horizontal angel ofrotation of 90deg it must be possible for there to be 25deg of roll in bothdirections about the horizontal axis The following combinations ofmotions must be possible

mdash vertical pitch plusmn 15deg with acial roll plusmn 25deg

mdash axial roll plusmn 10deg with vertical pitch plusmn 20deg

at all angles of horizontal rotation

3 DRAWBAR COUPLINGS

The requirements of Sections 31 to 38 are applicable to all drawbarcouplings of Class C 50 Section 39 lists the additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard drawbar couplings of Classes C 50-1 to C 50-6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 23

31 Load requirements

All drawbar couplings shall be able to satisfy the tests stated in AnnexVI Section 43

32 Suitable drawbar eyes

Class C 50 drawbar couplings shall be compatible with all Class D 50drawbar eyes and coupling with the specified characteristics

33 Automatic operation

Drawbar couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

34 Jaw

Class C 50 drawbar couplings must have a jaw which is designed suchthat the appropriate drawbar eyes is guided into the coupling

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the vertical axisit must establish itself automatically in the normal position and with thecoupling pin open be effectively restrained in this position to givesatisfactory guidance for the drawbar eye during the coupling procedure

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the transverseaxis the joint providing the rotation capability must be restrained in itsnormal position by a locking torque This torque must be sufficient toprevent a force of 200 N acting vertically upwards on the top of the jawproducing any deflection of the joint from its normal position It mustbe possible to bring the jaw to its normal position manually A jaw thatpivots about the transverse axis is only approved for vertical bearingloads S of up to 50 kg and a V-value of up to 5 kN

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw is pivoted about the longitudinalaxis the rotation must be restrained by a locking torque of at least100 Nm

The minimum required size of the jaw depends on the D value of thecoupling

D-value le 18 kN width 150 mm height 100 mm

18 kN lt D-value le 25 kN width 280 mm height 170 mm

25 kN lt D-value width 360 mm height 200 mm

The external corners of the jaw may be radiused

Smaller jaws are permitted for Class C 50-X drawbar coupling if theiruse is restricted to centre-axle trailers up to 35 tonnes maximumpermissible mass or if the use of a jaw from the above table isimpossible due to technical reasons and if furthermore there arespecial circumstances such as visual aids for ensuring safe executionof the automatic coupling procedure and if the field of application isrestricted in the approval according to Annex III

35 Minimum freedom of movement of the coupled drawbar eye

The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate horizontally plusmn 90deg aboutthe vertical axis from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (see Figure 5)The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate vertically plusmn 20deg aboutthe transverse axis from the horizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure6) If the motion is provided by a special joint (only on Class C 50-Xdrawbar couplings) the field of application given in the approvalaccording to Annex III must be restricted to the cases stated inAnnex VII Section 237 It must be possible for the coupled drawbareye to be rotated axially plusmn 25deg about the longitudinal axis from thehorizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure 7)

The stated angles of rotation are applicable to drawbar couplings notattached to the vehicle

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 24

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 14: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

(c) Specimen EEC approval mark for a fifth wheel coupling

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling of Class G 50-X having a maximumpermitted D value of 180 kN and a maximum permitted fifth wheel loadof 26 tonnes for which EEC component type-approval was granted in theFederal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number 0015 The first twodigits 00 indicate that this component was approved according to the originalform of this Directive

(d) Specimen EEC approval marking for a fifth wheel coupling pin

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard fifth wheel coupling pin of Class H 50-X having a D value of162 kN for which EEC component type-approval was granted in the FederalRepublic of Germany (e 1) under the number 1989 The first two digits 00indicate that this component was approved according to the original form ofthis Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 14

(e) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling ball and towingbrackets

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling ball and towing brackets of Class A 50-X having amaximum permitted D value of 18 kN and a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EEC component type-approvalwas granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number0304 The first two digits 00 indicate that this component was approvedaccordintg to the original form to this Directive

(f) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling head

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling head of Class B 50-X having a D value of 18 kN anda maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EECcomponent type-approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e1) under the number 1993 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 15

(g) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is adrawbar for a centre-axle trailer of Class E with a maximum permitted Dvalue of 109 kN a maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of 50 kN for which EECcomponent type approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany(e 1) under the number 0013 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 16

ANNEX III

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 17

ANNEX IV

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 18

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 19

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 20

ANNEX V

Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

1 COUPLING BALLS AND TOWING BRACKETS

The requirements stated in 11 to 14 are applicable to all coupling ballsand towing brackets of Class A Section 15 lists additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard coupling balls 50 and flange typetowing brackets

11 Coupling balls of Class A must conform to Figure 2 in shape anddimensions

12 The shape and the dimensions of the towing brackets have to meet therequirements of the vehicle manufacturer concerning the attachmentpoints and additional mounting devices if necessary

13 In the case of removable coupling balls the point of connection and theirlocking must be designed for positive mechanical engagement

14 Coupling balls and towing devices must be able to satisfy the tests laiddown in Annex VI Section 41

15 Special requirements for standard coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets of Classes A 50-1 A 50-2 and A 50-3

151 Dimensions of Class A 50-1 coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets must be as given in Figure 3 and Table 1 The clearancespace for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30 must berespected

152 Dimensions of Class A 50-2 and Class A 50-3 coupling balls and flangetype towing brackets must be as given in Figure 4 and Table 1 Theclearance space for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30must be respected

153 Coupling balls and flange type towing brackets of the Classes A 50-1 A50-2 and A 50-3 must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 2

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 21

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 22

TABLE 1

Dimensions of standard ball couplings and flange type towingrackets (mm)

(see Figures 3 and 4)

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3 Remarks

e1 90 83 120 plusmn05

e2 mdash 56 55 plusmn05

d2 17 105 15 H13

f 130 110 155 +6-0

g 50 85 90 +6-0

c 15 15 15 maximum

l 55 110 120 plusmn5

h 70 80 80 plusmn5

TABLE 2

Characteristic values for standard ball couplings and flange typetowing brackets

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3

D 17 20 30

S 120 120 120

D = maximum D-value (kN)S = maximum static vertical load (kg)

2 COUPLING HEADS

21 Coupling heads of Class B 50 must be designed so that they can beused safely with the coupling balls described in Section 1 of this Annexand thereby retain the prescribed characteristics

Coupling heads must be designed in such a way that safe coupling isensured also taking into account the wear of the coupling devices

22 Coupling heads must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in Annex VISection 42

23 Any additional device (e g braking stabilizer etc) shall not have anyadverse effect on the mechanical connection

24 Horizontal rotation of the coupling head at least 90deg to either side of thecentreline of the coupling ball and mounting described in Section 1 ofthis Annex when not attached to the vehicle must be possible Simulta-neously there must be an angle of free vertical movement 20deg above andbelow the horizontal Also in conjunction with the horizontal angel ofrotation of 90deg it must be possible for there to be 25deg of roll in bothdirections about the horizontal axis The following combinations ofmotions must be possible

mdash vertical pitch plusmn 15deg with acial roll plusmn 25deg

mdash axial roll plusmn 10deg with vertical pitch plusmn 20deg

at all angles of horizontal rotation

3 DRAWBAR COUPLINGS

The requirements of Sections 31 to 38 are applicable to all drawbarcouplings of Class C 50 Section 39 lists the additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard drawbar couplings of Classes C 50-1 to C 50-6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 23

31 Load requirements

All drawbar couplings shall be able to satisfy the tests stated in AnnexVI Section 43

32 Suitable drawbar eyes

Class C 50 drawbar couplings shall be compatible with all Class D 50drawbar eyes and coupling with the specified characteristics

33 Automatic operation

Drawbar couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

34 Jaw

Class C 50 drawbar couplings must have a jaw which is designed suchthat the appropriate drawbar eyes is guided into the coupling

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the vertical axisit must establish itself automatically in the normal position and with thecoupling pin open be effectively restrained in this position to givesatisfactory guidance for the drawbar eye during the coupling procedure

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the transverseaxis the joint providing the rotation capability must be restrained in itsnormal position by a locking torque This torque must be sufficient toprevent a force of 200 N acting vertically upwards on the top of the jawproducing any deflection of the joint from its normal position It mustbe possible to bring the jaw to its normal position manually A jaw thatpivots about the transverse axis is only approved for vertical bearingloads S of up to 50 kg and a V-value of up to 5 kN

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw is pivoted about the longitudinalaxis the rotation must be restrained by a locking torque of at least100 Nm

The minimum required size of the jaw depends on the D value of thecoupling

D-value le 18 kN width 150 mm height 100 mm

18 kN lt D-value le 25 kN width 280 mm height 170 mm

25 kN lt D-value width 360 mm height 200 mm

The external corners of the jaw may be radiused

Smaller jaws are permitted for Class C 50-X drawbar coupling if theiruse is restricted to centre-axle trailers up to 35 tonnes maximumpermissible mass or if the use of a jaw from the above table isimpossible due to technical reasons and if furthermore there arespecial circumstances such as visual aids for ensuring safe executionof the automatic coupling procedure and if the field of application isrestricted in the approval according to Annex III

35 Minimum freedom of movement of the coupled drawbar eye

The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate horizontally plusmn 90deg aboutthe vertical axis from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (see Figure 5)The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate vertically plusmn 20deg aboutthe transverse axis from the horizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure6) If the motion is provided by a special joint (only on Class C 50-Xdrawbar couplings) the field of application given in the approvalaccording to Annex III must be restricted to the cases stated inAnnex VII Section 237 It must be possible for the coupled drawbareye to be rotated axially plusmn 25deg about the longitudinal axis from thehorizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure 7)

The stated angles of rotation are applicable to drawbar couplings notattached to the vehicle

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 24

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 15: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

(e) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling ball and towingbrackets

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling ball and towing brackets of Class A 50-X having amaximum permitted D value of 18 kN and a maximum permitted staticvertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EEC component type-approvalwas granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e 1) under the number0304 The first two digits 00 indicate that this component was approvedaccordintg to the original form to this Directive

(f) Specimen EEC approval marking for a coupling head

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is anon-standard coupling head of Class B 50-X having a D value of 18 kN anda maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of 75 kg for which EECcomponent type-approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany (e1) under the number 1993 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 15

(g) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is adrawbar for a centre-axle trailer of Class E with a maximum permitted Dvalue of 109 kN a maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of 50 kN for which EECcomponent type approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany(e 1) under the number 0013 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 16

ANNEX III

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 17

ANNEX IV

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 18

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 19

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 20

ANNEX V

Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

1 COUPLING BALLS AND TOWING BRACKETS

The requirements stated in 11 to 14 are applicable to all coupling ballsand towing brackets of Class A Section 15 lists additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard coupling balls 50 and flange typetowing brackets

11 Coupling balls of Class A must conform to Figure 2 in shape anddimensions

12 The shape and the dimensions of the towing brackets have to meet therequirements of the vehicle manufacturer concerning the attachmentpoints and additional mounting devices if necessary

13 In the case of removable coupling balls the point of connection and theirlocking must be designed for positive mechanical engagement

14 Coupling balls and towing devices must be able to satisfy the tests laiddown in Annex VI Section 41

15 Special requirements for standard coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets of Classes A 50-1 A 50-2 and A 50-3

151 Dimensions of Class A 50-1 coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets must be as given in Figure 3 and Table 1 The clearancespace for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30 must berespected

152 Dimensions of Class A 50-2 and Class A 50-3 coupling balls and flangetype towing brackets must be as given in Figure 4 and Table 1 Theclearance space for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30must be respected

153 Coupling balls and flange type towing brackets of the Classes A 50-1 A50-2 and A 50-3 must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 2

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 21

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 22

TABLE 1

Dimensions of standard ball couplings and flange type towingrackets (mm)

(see Figures 3 and 4)

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3 Remarks

e1 90 83 120 plusmn05

e2 mdash 56 55 plusmn05

d2 17 105 15 H13

f 130 110 155 +6-0

g 50 85 90 +6-0

c 15 15 15 maximum

l 55 110 120 plusmn5

h 70 80 80 plusmn5

TABLE 2

Characteristic values for standard ball couplings and flange typetowing brackets

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3

D 17 20 30

S 120 120 120

D = maximum D-value (kN)S = maximum static vertical load (kg)

2 COUPLING HEADS

21 Coupling heads of Class B 50 must be designed so that they can beused safely with the coupling balls described in Section 1 of this Annexand thereby retain the prescribed characteristics

Coupling heads must be designed in such a way that safe coupling isensured also taking into account the wear of the coupling devices

22 Coupling heads must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in Annex VISection 42

23 Any additional device (e g braking stabilizer etc) shall not have anyadverse effect on the mechanical connection

24 Horizontal rotation of the coupling head at least 90deg to either side of thecentreline of the coupling ball and mounting described in Section 1 ofthis Annex when not attached to the vehicle must be possible Simulta-neously there must be an angle of free vertical movement 20deg above andbelow the horizontal Also in conjunction with the horizontal angel ofrotation of 90deg it must be possible for there to be 25deg of roll in bothdirections about the horizontal axis The following combinations ofmotions must be possible

mdash vertical pitch plusmn 15deg with acial roll plusmn 25deg

mdash axial roll plusmn 10deg with vertical pitch plusmn 20deg

at all angles of horizontal rotation

3 DRAWBAR COUPLINGS

The requirements of Sections 31 to 38 are applicable to all drawbarcouplings of Class C 50 Section 39 lists the additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard drawbar couplings of Classes C 50-1 to C 50-6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 23

31 Load requirements

All drawbar couplings shall be able to satisfy the tests stated in AnnexVI Section 43

32 Suitable drawbar eyes

Class C 50 drawbar couplings shall be compatible with all Class D 50drawbar eyes and coupling with the specified characteristics

33 Automatic operation

Drawbar couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

34 Jaw

Class C 50 drawbar couplings must have a jaw which is designed suchthat the appropriate drawbar eyes is guided into the coupling

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the vertical axisit must establish itself automatically in the normal position and with thecoupling pin open be effectively restrained in this position to givesatisfactory guidance for the drawbar eye during the coupling procedure

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the transverseaxis the joint providing the rotation capability must be restrained in itsnormal position by a locking torque This torque must be sufficient toprevent a force of 200 N acting vertically upwards on the top of the jawproducing any deflection of the joint from its normal position It mustbe possible to bring the jaw to its normal position manually A jaw thatpivots about the transverse axis is only approved for vertical bearingloads S of up to 50 kg and a V-value of up to 5 kN

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw is pivoted about the longitudinalaxis the rotation must be restrained by a locking torque of at least100 Nm

The minimum required size of the jaw depends on the D value of thecoupling

D-value le 18 kN width 150 mm height 100 mm

18 kN lt D-value le 25 kN width 280 mm height 170 mm

25 kN lt D-value width 360 mm height 200 mm

The external corners of the jaw may be radiused

Smaller jaws are permitted for Class C 50-X drawbar coupling if theiruse is restricted to centre-axle trailers up to 35 tonnes maximumpermissible mass or if the use of a jaw from the above table isimpossible due to technical reasons and if furthermore there arespecial circumstances such as visual aids for ensuring safe executionof the automatic coupling procedure and if the field of application isrestricted in the approval according to Annex III

35 Minimum freedom of movement of the coupled drawbar eye

The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate horizontally plusmn 90deg aboutthe vertical axis from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (see Figure 5)The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate vertically plusmn 20deg aboutthe transverse axis from the horizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure6) If the motion is provided by a special joint (only on Class C 50-Xdrawbar couplings) the field of application given in the approvalaccording to Annex III must be restricted to the cases stated inAnnex VII Section 237 It must be possible for the coupled drawbareye to be rotated axially plusmn 25deg about the longitudinal axis from thehorizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure 7)

The stated angles of rotation are applicable to drawbar couplings notattached to the vehicle

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 24

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 16: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

(g) Specimen EEC approval marking for a drawbar

The coupling device with the EEC approval marking illustrated above is adrawbar for a centre-axle trailer of Class E with a maximum permitted Dvalue of 109 kN a maximum permitted static vertical bearing load of1 000 kg and a maximum permitted V-value of 50 kN for which EECcomponent type approval was granted in the Federal Republic of Germany(e 1) under the number 0013 The first two digits 00 indicate that thiscomponent was approved according to the original form of this Directive

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 16

ANNEX III

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 17

ANNEX IV

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 18

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 19

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 20

ANNEX V

Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

1 COUPLING BALLS AND TOWING BRACKETS

The requirements stated in 11 to 14 are applicable to all coupling ballsand towing brackets of Class A Section 15 lists additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard coupling balls 50 and flange typetowing brackets

11 Coupling balls of Class A must conform to Figure 2 in shape anddimensions

12 The shape and the dimensions of the towing brackets have to meet therequirements of the vehicle manufacturer concerning the attachmentpoints and additional mounting devices if necessary

13 In the case of removable coupling balls the point of connection and theirlocking must be designed for positive mechanical engagement

14 Coupling balls and towing devices must be able to satisfy the tests laiddown in Annex VI Section 41

15 Special requirements for standard coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets of Classes A 50-1 A 50-2 and A 50-3

151 Dimensions of Class A 50-1 coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets must be as given in Figure 3 and Table 1 The clearancespace for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30 must berespected

152 Dimensions of Class A 50-2 and Class A 50-3 coupling balls and flangetype towing brackets must be as given in Figure 4 and Table 1 Theclearance space for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30must be respected

153 Coupling balls and flange type towing brackets of the Classes A 50-1 A50-2 and A 50-3 must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 2

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 21

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 22

TABLE 1

Dimensions of standard ball couplings and flange type towingrackets (mm)

(see Figures 3 and 4)

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3 Remarks

e1 90 83 120 plusmn05

e2 mdash 56 55 plusmn05

d2 17 105 15 H13

f 130 110 155 +6-0

g 50 85 90 +6-0

c 15 15 15 maximum

l 55 110 120 plusmn5

h 70 80 80 plusmn5

TABLE 2

Characteristic values for standard ball couplings and flange typetowing brackets

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3

D 17 20 30

S 120 120 120

D = maximum D-value (kN)S = maximum static vertical load (kg)

2 COUPLING HEADS

21 Coupling heads of Class B 50 must be designed so that they can beused safely with the coupling balls described in Section 1 of this Annexand thereby retain the prescribed characteristics

Coupling heads must be designed in such a way that safe coupling isensured also taking into account the wear of the coupling devices

22 Coupling heads must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in Annex VISection 42

23 Any additional device (e g braking stabilizer etc) shall not have anyadverse effect on the mechanical connection

24 Horizontal rotation of the coupling head at least 90deg to either side of thecentreline of the coupling ball and mounting described in Section 1 ofthis Annex when not attached to the vehicle must be possible Simulta-neously there must be an angle of free vertical movement 20deg above andbelow the horizontal Also in conjunction with the horizontal angel ofrotation of 90deg it must be possible for there to be 25deg of roll in bothdirections about the horizontal axis The following combinations ofmotions must be possible

mdash vertical pitch plusmn 15deg with acial roll plusmn 25deg

mdash axial roll plusmn 10deg with vertical pitch plusmn 20deg

at all angles of horizontal rotation

3 DRAWBAR COUPLINGS

The requirements of Sections 31 to 38 are applicable to all drawbarcouplings of Class C 50 Section 39 lists the additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard drawbar couplings of Classes C 50-1 to C 50-6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 23

31 Load requirements

All drawbar couplings shall be able to satisfy the tests stated in AnnexVI Section 43

32 Suitable drawbar eyes

Class C 50 drawbar couplings shall be compatible with all Class D 50drawbar eyes and coupling with the specified characteristics

33 Automatic operation

Drawbar couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

34 Jaw

Class C 50 drawbar couplings must have a jaw which is designed suchthat the appropriate drawbar eyes is guided into the coupling

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the vertical axisit must establish itself automatically in the normal position and with thecoupling pin open be effectively restrained in this position to givesatisfactory guidance for the drawbar eye during the coupling procedure

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the transverseaxis the joint providing the rotation capability must be restrained in itsnormal position by a locking torque This torque must be sufficient toprevent a force of 200 N acting vertically upwards on the top of the jawproducing any deflection of the joint from its normal position It mustbe possible to bring the jaw to its normal position manually A jaw thatpivots about the transverse axis is only approved for vertical bearingloads S of up to 50 kg and a V-value of up to 5 kN

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw is pivoted about the longitudinalaxis the rotation must be restrained by a locking torque of at least100 Nm

The minimum required size of the jaw depends on the D value of thecoupling

D-value le 18 kN width 150 mm height 100 mm

18 kN lt D-value le 25 kN width 280 mm height 170 mm

25 kN lt D-value width 360 mm height 200 mm

The external corners of the jaw may be radiused

Smaller jaws are permitted for Class C 50-X drawbar coupling if theiruse is restricted to centre-axle trailers up to 35 tonnes maximumpermissible mass or if the use of a jaw from the above table isimpossible due to technical reasons and if furthermore there arespecial circumstances such as visual aids for ensuring safe executionof the automatic coupling procedure and if the field of application isrestricted in the approval according to Annex III

35 Minimum freedom of movement of the coupled drawbar eye

The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate horizontally plusmn 90deg aboutthe vertical axis from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (see Figure 5)The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate vertically plusmn 20deg aboutthe transverse axis from the horizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure6) If the motion is provided by a special joint (only on Class C 50-Xdrawbar couplings) the field of application given in the approvalaccording to Annex III must be restricted to the cases stated inAnnex VII Section 237 It must be possible for the coupled drawbareye to be rotated axially plusmn 25deg about the longitudinal axis from thehorizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure 7)

The stated angles of rotation are applicable to drawbar couplings notattached to the vehicle

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 24

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 17: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

ANNEX III

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 17

ANNEX IV

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 18

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 19

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 20

ANNEX V

Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

1 COUPLING BALLS AND TOWING BRACKETS

The requirements stated in 11 to 14 are applicable to all coupling ballsand towing brackets of Class A Section 15 lists additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard coupling balls 50 and flange typetowing brackets

11 Coupling balls of Class A must conform to Figure 2 in shape anddimensions

12 The shape and the dimensions of the towing brackets have to meet therequirements of the vehicle manufacturer concerning the attachmentpoints and additional mounting devices if necessary

13 In the case of removable coupling balls the point of connection and theirlocking must be designed for positive mechanical engagement

14 Coupling balls and towing devices must be able to satisfy the tests laiddown in Annex VI Section 41

15 Special requirements for standard coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets of Classes A 50-1 A 50-2 and A 50-3

151 Dimensions of Class A 50-1 coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets must be as given in Figure 3 and Table 1 The clearancespace for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30 must berespected

152 Dimensions of Class A 50-2 and Class A 50-3 coupling balls and flangetype towing brackets must be as given in Figure 4 and Table 1 Theclearance space for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30must be respected

153 Coupling balls and flange type towing brackets of the Classes A 50-1 A50-2 and A 50-3 must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 2

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 21

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 22

TABLE 1

Dimensions of standard ball couplings and flange type towingrackets (mm)

(see Figures 3 and 4)

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3 Remarks

e1 90 83 120 plusmn05

e2 mdash 56 55 plusmn05

d2 17 105 15 H13

f 130 110 155 +6-0

g 50 85 90 +6-0

c 15 15 15 maximum

l 55 110 120 plusmn5

h 70 80 80 plusmn5

TABLE 2

Characteristic values for standard ball couplings and flange typetowing brackets

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3

D 17 20 30

S 120 120 120

D = maximum D-value (kN)S = maximum static vertical load (kg)

2 COUPLING HEADS

21 Coupling heads of Class B 50 must be designed so that they can beused safely with the coupling balls described in Section 1 of this Annexand thereby retain the prescribed characteristics

Coupling heads must be designed in such a way that safe coupling isensured also taking into account the wear of the coupling devices

22 Coupling heads must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in Annex VISection 42

23 Any additional device (e g braking stabilizer etc) shall not have anyadverse effect on the mechanical connection

24 Horizontal rotation of the coupling head at least 90deg to either side of thecentreline of the coupling ball and mounting described in Section 1 ofthis Annex when not attached to the vehicle must be possible Simulta-neously there must be an angle of free vertical movement 20deg above andbelow the horizontal Also in conjunction with the horizontal angel ofrotation of 90deg it must be possible for there to be 25deg of roll in bothdirections about the horizontal axis The following combinations ofmotions must be possible

mdash vertical pitch plusmn 15deg with acial roll plusmn 25deg

mdash axial roll plusmn 10deg with vertical pitch plusmn 20deg

at all angles of horizontal rotation

3 DRAWBAR COUPLINGS

The requirements of Sections 31 to 38 are applicable to all drawbarcouplings of Class C 50 Section 39 lists the additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard drawbar couplings of Classes C 50-1 to C 50-6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 23

31 Load requirements

All drawbar couplings shall be able to satisfy the tests stated in AnnexVI Section 43

32 Suitable drawbar eyes

Class C 50 drawbar couplings shall be compatible with all Class D 50drawbar eyes and coupling with the specified characteristics

33 Automatic operation

Drawbar couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

34 Jaw

Class C 50 drawbar couplings must have a jaw which is designed suchthat the appropriate drawbar eyes is guided into the coupling

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the vertical axisit must establish itself automatically in the normal position and with thecoupling pin open be effectively restrained in this position to givesatisfactory guidance for the drawbar eye during the coupling procedure

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the transverseaxis the joint providing the rotation capability must be restrained in itsnormal position by a locking torque This torque must be sufficient toprevent a force of 200 N acting vertically upwards on the top of the jawproducing any deflection of the joint from its normal position It mustbe possible to bring the jaw to its normal position manually A jaw thatpivots about the transverse axis is only approved for vertical bearingloads S of up to 50 kg and a V-value of up to 5 kN

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw is pivoted about the longitudinalaxis the rotation must be restrained by a locking torque of at least100 Nm

The minimum required size of the jaw depends on the D value of thecoupling

D-value le 18 kN width 150 mm height 100 mm

18 kN lt D-value le 25 kN width 280 mm height 170 mm

25 kN lt D-value width 360 mm height 200 mm

The external corners of the jaw may be radiused

Smaller jaws are permitted for Class C 50-X drawbar coupling if theiruse is restricted to centre-axle trailers up to 35 tonnes maximumpermissible mass or if the use of a jaw from the above table isimpossible due to technical reasons and if furthermore there arespecial circumstances such as visual aids for ensuring safe executionof the automatic coupling procedure and if the field of application isrestricted in the approval according to Annex III

35 Minimum freedom of movement of the coupled drawbar eye

The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate horizontally plusmn 90deg aboutthe vertical axis from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (see Figure 5)The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate vertically plusmn 20deg aboutthe transverse axis from the horizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure6) If the motion is provided by a special joint (only on Class C 50-Xdrawbar couplings) the field of application given in the approvalaccording to Annex III must be restricted to the cases stated inAnnex VII Section 237 It must be possible for the coupled drawbareye to be rotated axially plusmn 25deg about the longitudinal axis from thehorizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure 7)

The stated angles of rotation are applicable to drawbar couplings notattached to the vehicle

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 24

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 18: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

ANNEX IV

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 18

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 19

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 20

ANNEX V

Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

1 COUPLING BALLS AND TOWING BRACKETS

The requirements stated in 11 to 14 are applicable to all coupling ballsand towing brackets of Class A Section 15 lists additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard coupling balls 50 and flange typetowing brackets

11 Coupling balls of Class A must conform to Figure 2 in shape anddimensions

12 The shape and the dimensions of the towing brackets have to meet therequirements of the vehicle manufacturer concerning the attachmentpoints and additional mounting devices if necessary

13 In the case of removable coupling balls the point of connection and theirlocking must be designed for positive mechanical engagement

14 Coupling balls and towing devices must be able to satisfy the tests laiddown in Annex VI Section 41

15 Special requirements for standard coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets of Classes A 50-1 A 50-2 and A 50-3

151 Dimensions of Class A 50-1 coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets must be as given in Figure 3 and Table 1 The clearancespace for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30 must berespected

152 Dimensions of Class A 50-2 and Class A 50-3 coupling balls and flangetype towing brackets must be as given in Figure 4 and Table 1 Theclearance space for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30must be respected

153 Coupling balls and flange type towing brackets of the Classes A 50-1 A50-2 and A 50-3 must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 2

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 21

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 22

TABLE 1

Dimensions of standard ball couplings and flange type towingrackets (mm)

(see Figures 3 and 4)

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3 Remarks

e1 90 83 120 plusmn05

e2 mdash 56 55 plusmn05

d2 17 105 15 H13

f 130 110 155 +6-0

g 50 85 90 +6-0

c 15 15 15 maximum

l 55 110 120 plusmn5

h 70 80 80 plusmn5

TABLE 2

Characteristic values for standard ball couplings and flange typetowing brackets

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3

D 17 20 30

S 120 120 120

D = maximum D-value (kN)S = maximum static vertical load (kg)

2 COUPLING HEADS

21 Coupling heads of Class B 50 must be designed so that they can beused safely with the coupling balls described in Section 1 of this Annexand thereby retain the prescribed characteristics

Coupling heads must be designed in such a way that safe coupling isensured also taking into account the wear of the coupling devices

22 Coupling heads must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in Annex VISection 42

23 Any additional device (e g braking stabilizer etc) shall not have anyadverse effect on the mechanical connection

24 Horizontal rotation of the coupling head at least 90deg to either side of thecentreline of the coupling ball and mounting described in Section 1 ofthis Annex when not attached to the vehicle must be possible Simulta-neously there must be an angle of free vertical movement 20deg above andbelow the horizontal Also in conjunction with the horizontal angel ofrotation of 90deg it must be possible for there to be 25deg of roll in bothdirections about the horizontal axis The following combinations ofmotions must be possible

mdash vertical pitch plusmn 15deg with acial roll plusmn 25deg

mdash axial roll plusmn 10deg with vertical pitch plusmn 20deg

at all angles of horizontal rotation

3 DRAWBAR COUPLINGS

The requirements of Sections 31 to 38 are applicable to all drawbarcouplings of Class C 50 Section 39 lists the additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard drawbar couplings of Classes C 50-1 to C 50-6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 23

31 Load requirements

All drawbar couplings shall be able to satisfy the tests stated in AnnexVI Section 43

32 Suitable drawbar eyes

Class C 50 drawbar couplings shall be compatible with all Class D 50drawbar eyes and coupling with the specified characteristics

33 Automatic operation

Drawbar couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

34 Jaw

Class C 50 drawbar couplings must have a jaw which is designed suchthat the appropriate drawbar eyes is guided into the coupling

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the vertical axisit must establish itself automatically in the normal position and with thecoupling pin open be effectively restrained in this position to givesatisfactory guidance for the drawbar eye during the coupling procedure

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the transverseaxis the joint providing the rotation capability must be restrained in itsnormal position by a locking torque This torque must be sufficient toprevent a force of 200 N acting vertically upwards on the top of the jawproducing any deflection of the joint from its normal position It mustbe possible to bring the jaw to its normal position manually A jaw thatpivots about the transverse axis is only approved for vertical bearingloads S of up to 50 kg and a V-value of up to 5 kN

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw is pivoted about the longitudinalaxis the rotation must be restrained by a locking torque of at least100 Nm

The minimum required size of the jaw depends on the D value of thecoupling

D-value le 18 kN width 150 mm height 100 mm

18 kN lt D-value le 25 kN width 280 mm height 170 mm

25 kN lt D-value width 360 mm height 200 mm

The external corners of the jaw may be radiused

Smaller jaws are permitted for Class C 50-X drawbar coupling if theiruse is restricted to centre-axle trailers up to 35 tonnes maximumpermissible mass or if the use of a jaw from the above table isimpossible due to technical reasons and if furthermore there arespecial circumstances such as visual aids for ensuring safe executionof the automatic coupling procedure and if the field of application isrestricted in the approval according to Annex III

35 Minimum freedom of movement of the coupled drawbar eye

The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate horizontally plusmn 90deg aboutthe vertical axis from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (see Figure 5)The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate vertically plusmn 20deg aboutthe transverse axis from the horizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure6) If the motion is provided by a special joint (only on Class C 50-Xdrawbar couplings) the field of application given in the approvalaccording to Annex III must be restricted to the cases stated inAnnex VII Section 237 It must be possible for the coupled drawbareye to be rotated axially plusmn 25deg about the longitudinal axis from thehorizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure 7)

The stated angles of rotation are applicable to drawbar couplings notattached to the vehicle

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 24

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 19: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 19

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 20

ANNEX V

Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

1 COUPLING BALLS AND TOWING BRACKETS

The requirements stated in 11 to 14 are applicable to all coupling ballsand towing brackets of Class A Section 15 lists additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard coupling balls 50 and flange typetowing brackets

11 Coupling balls of Class A must conform to Figure 2 in shape anddimensions

12 The shape and the dimensions of the towing brackets have to meet therequirements of the vehicle manufacturer concerning the attachmentpoints and additional mounting devices if necessary

13 In the case of removable coupling balls the point of connection and theirlocking must be designed for positive mechanical engagement

14 Coupling balls and towing devices must be able to satisfy the tests laiddown in Annex VI Section 41

15 Special requirements for standard coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets of Classes A 50-1 A 50-2 and A 50-3

151 Dimensions of Class A 50-1 coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets must be as given in Figure 3 and Table 1 The clearancespace for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30 must berespected

152 Dimensions of Class A 50-2 and Class A 50-3 coupling balls and flangetype towing brackets must be as given in Figure 4 and Table 1 Theclearance space for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30must be respected

153 Coupling balls and flange type towing brackets of the Classes A 50-1 A50-2 and A 50-3 must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 2

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 21

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 22

TABLE 1

Dimensions of standard ball couplings and flange type towingrackets (mm)

(see Figures 3 and 4)

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3 Remarks

e1 90 83 120 plusmn05

e2 mdash 56 55 plusmn05

d2 17 105 15 H13

f 130 110 155 +6-0

g 50 85 90 +6-0

c 15 15 15 maximum

l 55 110 120 plusmn5

h 70 80 80 plusmn5

TABLE 2

Characteristic values for standard ball couplings and flange typetowing brackets

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3

D 17 20 30

S 120 120 120

D = maximum D-value (kN)S = maximum static vertical load (kg)

2 COUPLING HEADS

21 Coupling heads of Class B 50 must be designed so that they can beused safely with the coupling balls described in Section 1 of this Annexand thereby retain the prescribed characteristics

Coupling heads must be designed in such a way that safe coupling isensured also taking into account the wear of the coupling devices

22 Coupling heads must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in Annex VISection 42

23 Any additional device (e g braking stabilizer etc) shall not have anyadverse effect on the mechanical connection

24 Horizontal rotation of the coupling head at least 90deg to either side of thecentreline of the coupling ball and mounting described in Section 1 ofthis Annex when not attached to the vehicle must be possible Simulta-neously there must be an angle of free vertical movement 20deg above andbelow the horizontal Also in conjunction with the horizontal angel ofrotation of 90deg it must be possible for there to be 25deg of roll in bothdirections about the horizontal axis The following combinations ofmotions must be possible

mdash vertical pitch plusmn 15deg with acial roll plusmn 25deg

mdash axial roll plusmn 10deg with vertical pitch plusmn 20deg

at all angles of horizontal rotation

3 DRAWBAR COUPLINGS

The requirements of Sections 31 to 38 are applicable to all drawbarcouplings of Class C 50 Section 39 lists the additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard drawbar couplings of Classes C 50-1 to C 50-6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 23

31 Load requirements

All drawbar couplings shall be able to satisfy the tests stated in AnnexVI Section 43

32 Suitable drawbar eyes

Class C 50 drawbar couplings shall be compatible with all Class D 50drawbar eyes and coupling with the specified characteristics

33 Automatic operation

Drawbar couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

34 Jaw

Class C 50 drawbar couplings must have a jaw which is designed suchthat the appropriate drawbar eyes is guided into the coupling

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the vertical axisit must establish itself automatically in the normal position and with thecoupling pin open be effectively restrained in this position to givesatisfactory guidance for the drawbar eye during the coupling procedure

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the transverseaxis the joint providing the rotation capability must be restrained in itsnormal position by a locking torque This torque must be sufficient toprevent a force of 200 N acting vertically upwards on the top of the jawproducing any deflection of the joint from its normal position It mustbe possible to bring the jaw to its normal position manually A jaw thatpivots about the transverse axis is only approved for vertical bearingloads S of up to 50 kg and a V-value of up to 5 kN

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw is pivoted about the longitudinalaxis the rotation must be restrained by a locking torque of at least100 Nm

The minimum required size of the jaw depends on the D value of thecoupling

D-value le 18 kN width 150 mm height 100 mm

18 kN lt D-value le 25 kN width 280 mm height 170 mm

25 kN lt D-value width 360 mm height 200 mm

The external corners of the jaw may be radiused

Smaller jaws are permitted for Class C 50-X drawbar coupling if theiruse is restricted to centre-axle trailers up to 35 tonnes maximumpermissible mass or if the use of a jaw from the above table isimpossible due to technical reasons and if furthermore there arespecial circumstances such as visual aids for ensuring safe executionof the automatic coupling procedure and if the field of application isrestricted in the approval according to Annex III

35 Minimum freedom of movement of the coupled drawbar eye

The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate horizontally plusmn 90deg aboutthe vertical axis from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (see Figure 5)The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate vertically plusmn 20deg aboutthe transverse axis from the horizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure6) If the motion is provided by a special joint (only on Class C 50-Xdrawbar couplings) the field of application given in the approvalaccording to Annex III must be restricted to the cases stated inAnnex VII Section 237 It must be possible for the coupled drawbareye to be rotated axially plusmn 25deg about the longitudinal axis from thehorizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure 7)

The stated angles of rotation are applicable to drawbar couplings notattached to the vehicle

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 24

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 20: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 20

ANNEX V

Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

1 COUPLING BALLS AND TOWING BRACKETS

The requirements stated in 11 to 14 are applicable to all coupling ballsand towing brackets of Class A Section 15 lists additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard coupling balls 50 and flange typetowing brackets

11 Coupling balls of Class A must conform to Figure 2 in shape anddimensions

12 The shape and the dimensions of the towing brackets have to meet therequirements of the vehicle manufacturer concerning the attachmentpoints and additional mounting devices if necessary

13 In the case of removable coupling balls the point of connection and theirlocking must be designed for positive mechanical engagement

14 Coupling balls and towing devices must be able to satisfy the tests laiddown in Annex VI Section 41

15 Special requirements for standard coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets of Classes A 50-1 A 50-2 and A 50-3

151 Dimensions of Class A 50-1 coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets must be as given in Figure 3 and Table 1 The clearancespace for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30 must berespected

152 Dimensions of Class A 50-2 and Class A 50-3 coupling balls and flangetype towing brackets must be as given in Figure 4 and Table 1 Theclearance space for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30must be respected

153 Coupling balls and flange type towing brackets of the Classes A 50-1 A50-2 and A 50-3 must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 2

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 21

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 22

TABLE 1

Dimensions of standard ball couplings and flange type towingrackets (mm)

(see Figures 3 and 4)

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3 Remarks

e1 90 83 120 plusmn05

e2 mdash 56 55 plusmn05

d2 17 105 15 H13

f 130 110 155 +6-0

g 50 85 90 +6-0

c 15 15 15 maximum

l 55 110 120 plusmn5

h 70 80 80 plusmn5

TABLE 2

Characteristic values for standard ball couplings and flange typetowing brackets

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3

D 17 20 30

S 120 120 120

D = maximum D-value (kN)S = maximum static vertical load (kg)

2 COUPLING HEADS

21 Coupling heads of Class B 50 must be designed so that they can beused safely with the coupling balls described in Section 1 of this Annexand thereby retain the prescribed characteristics

Coupling heads must be designed in such a way that safe coupling isensured also taking into account the wear of the coupling devices

22 Coupling heads must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in Annex VISection 42

23 Any additional device (e g braking stabilizer etc) shall not have anyadverse effect on the mechanical connection

24 Horizontal rotation of the coupling head at least 90deg to either side of thecentreline of the coupling ball and mounting described in Section 1 ofthis Annex when not attached to the vehicle must be possible Simulta-neously there must be an angle of free vertical movement 20deg above andbelow the horizontal Also in conjunction with the horizontal angel ofrotation of 90deg it must be possible for there to be 25deg of roll in bothdirections about the horizontal axis The following combinations ofmotions must be possible

mdash vertical pitch plusmn 15deg with acial roll plusmn 25deg

mdash axial roll plusmn 10deg with vertical pitch plusmn 20deg

at all angles of horizontal rotation

3 DRAWBAR COUPLINGS

The requirements of Sections 31 to 38 are applicable to all drawbarcouplings of Class C 50 Section 39 lists the additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard drawbar couplings of Classes C 50-1 to C 50-6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 23

31 Load requirements

All drawbar couplings shall be able to satisfy the tests stated in AnnexVI Section 43

32 Suitable drawbar eyes

Class C 50 drawbar couplings shall be compatible with all Class D 50drawbar eyes and coupling with the specified characteristics

33 Automatic operation

Drawbar couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

34 Jaw

Class C 50 drawbar couplings must have a jaw which is designed suchthat the appropriate drawbar eyes is guided into the coupling

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the vertical axisit must establish itself automatically in the normal position and with thecoupling pin open be effectively restrained in this position to givesatisfactory guidance for the drawbar eye during the coupling procedure

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the transverseaxis the joint providing the rotation capability must be restrained in itsnormal position by a locking torque This torque must be sufficient toprevent a force of 200 N acting vertically upwards on the top of the jawproducing any deflection of the joint from its normal position It mustbe possible to bring the jaw to its normal position manually A jaw thatpivots about the transverse axis is only approved for vertical bearingloads S of up to 50 kg and a V-value of up to 5 kN

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw is pivoted about the longitudinalaxis the rotation must be restrained by a locking torque of at least100 Nm

The minimum required size of the jaw depends on the D value of thecoupling

D-value le 18 kN width 150 mm height 100 mm

18 kN lt D-value le 25 kN width 280 mm height 170 mm

25 kN lt D-value width 360 mm height 200 mm

The external corners of the jaw may be radiused

Smaller jaws are permitted for Class C 50-X drawbar coupling if theiruse is restricted to centre-axle trailers up to 35 tonnes maximumpermissible mass or if the use of a jaw from the above table isimpossible due to technical reasons and if furthermore there arespecial circumstances such as visual aids for ensuring safe executionof the automatic coupling procedure and if the field of application isrestricted in the approval according to Annex III

35 Minimum freedom of movement of the coupled drawbar eye

The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate horizontally plusmn 90deg aboutthe vertical axis from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (see Figure 5)The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate vertically plusmn 20deg aboutthe transverse axis from the horizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure6) If the motion is provided by a special joint (only on Class C 50-Xdrawbar couplings) the field of application given in the approvalaccording to Annex III must be restricted to the cases stated inAnnex VII Section 237 It must be possible for the coupled drawbareye to be rotated axially plusmn 25deg about the longitudinal axis from thehorizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure 7)

The stated angles of rotation are applicable to drawbar couplings notattached to the vehicle

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 24

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 21: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

ANNEX V

Requirements for mechanical coupling devices

1 COUPLING BALLS AND TOWING BRACKETS

The requirements stated in 11 to 14 are applicable to all coupling ballsand towing brackets of Class A Section 15 lists additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard coupling balls 50 and flange typetowing brackets

11 Coupling balls of Class A must conform to Figure 2 in shape anddimensions

12 The shape and the dimensions of the towing brackets have to meet therequirements of the vehicle manufacturer concerning the attachmentpoints and additional mounting devices if necessary

13 In the case of removable coupling balls the point of connection and theirlocking must be designed for positive mechanical engagement

14 Coupling balls and towing devices must be able to satisfy the tests laiddown in Annex VI Section 41

15 Special requirements for standard coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets of Classes A 50-1 A 50-2 and A 50-3

151 Dimensions of Class A 50-1 coupling balls and flange type towingbrackets must be as given in Figure 3 and Table 1 The clearancespace for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30 must berespected

152 Dimensions of Class A 50-2 and Class A 50-3 coupling balls and flangetype towing brackets must be as given in Figure 4 and Table 1 Theclearance space for coupling balls prescribed in Annex VII Figure 30must be respected

153 Coupling balls and flange type towing brackets of the Classes A 50-1 A50-2 and A 50-3 must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 2

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 21

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 22

TABLE 1

Dimensions of standard ball couplings and flange type towingrackets (mm)

(see Figures 3 and 4)

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3 Remarks

e1 90 83 120 plusmn05

e2 mdash 56 55 plusmn05

d2 17 105 15 H13

f 130 110 155 +6-0

g 50 85 90 +6-0

c 15 15 15 maximum

l 55 110 120 plusmn5

h 70 80 80 plusmn5

TABLE 2

Characteristic values for standard ball couplings and flange typetowing brackets

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3

D 17 20 30

S 120 120 120

D = maximum D-value (kN)S = maximum static vertical load (kg)

2 COUPLING HEADS

21 Coupling heads of Class B 50 must be designed so that they can beused safely with the coupling balls described in Section 1 of this Annexand thereby retain the prescribed characteristics

Coupling heads must be designed in such a way that safe coupling isensured also taking into account the wear of the coupling devices

22 Coupling heads must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in Annex VISection 42

23 Any additional device (e g braking stabilizer etc) shall not have anyadverse effect on the mechanical connection

24 Horizontal rotation of the coupling head at least 90deg to either side of thecentreline of the coupling ball and mounting described in Section 1 ofthis Annex when not attached to the vehicle must be possible Simulta-neously there must be an angle of free vertical movement 20deg above andbelow the horizontal Also in conjunction with the horizontal angel ofrotation of 90deg it must be possible for there to be 25deg of roll in bothdirections about the horizontal axis The following combinations ofmotions must be possible

mdash vertical pitch plusmn 15deg with acial roll plusmn 25deg

mdash axial roll plusmn 10deg with vertical pitch plusmn 20deg

at all angles of horizontal rotation

3 DRAWBAR COUPLINGS

The requirements of Sections 31 to 38 are applicable to all drawbarcouplings of Class C 50 Section 39 lists the additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard drawbar couplings of Classes C 50-1 to C 50-6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 23

31 Load requirements

All drawbar couplings shall be able to satisfy the tests stated in AnnexVI Section 43

32 Suitable drawbar eyes

Class C 50 drawbar couplings shall be compatible with all Class D 50drawbar eyes and coupling with the specified characteristics

33 Automatic operation

Drawbar couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

34 Jaw

Class C 50 drawbar couplings must have a jaw which is designed suchthat the appropriate drawbar eyes is guided into the coupling

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the vertical axisit must establish itself automatically in the normal position and with thecoupling pin open be effectively restrained in this position to givesatisfactory guidance for the drawbar eye during the coupling procedure

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the transverseaxis the joint providing the rotation capability must be restrained in itsnormal position by a locking torque This torque must be sufficient toprevent a force of 200 N acting vertically upwards on the top of the jawproducing any deflection of the joint from its normal position It mustbe possible to bring the jaw to its normal position manually A jaw thatpivots about the transverse axis is only approved for vertical bearingloads S of up to 50 kg and a V-value of up to 5 kN

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw is pivoted about the longitudinalaxis the rotation must be restrained by a locking torque of at least100 Nm

The minimum required size of the jaw depends on the D value of thecoupling

D-value le 18 kN width 150 mm height 100 mm

18 kN lt D-value le 25 kN width 280 mm height 170 mm

25 kN lt D-value width 360 mm height 200 mm

The external corners of the jaw may be radiused

Smaller jaws are permitted for Class C 50-X drawbar coupling if theiruse is restricted to centre-axle trailers up to 35 tonnes maximumpermissible mass or if the use of a jaw from the above table isimpossible due to technical reasons and if furthermore there arespecial circumstances such as visual aids for ensuring safe executionof the automatic coupling procedure and if the field of application isrestricted in the approval according to Annex III

35 Minimum freedom of movement of the coupled drawbar eye

The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate horizontally plusmn 90deg aboutthe vertical axis from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (see Figure 5)The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate vertically plusmn 20deg aboutthe transverse axis from the horizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure6) If the motion is provided by a special joint (only on Class C 50-Xdrawbar couplings) the field of application given in the approvalaccording to Annex III must be restricted to the cases stated inAnnex VII Section 237 It must be possible for the coupled drawbareye to be rotated axially plusmn 25deg about the longitudinal axis from thehorizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure 7)

The stated angles of rotation are applicable to drawbar couplings notattached to the vehicle

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 24

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 22: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 22

TABLE 1

Dimensions of standard ball couplings and flange type towingrackets (mm)

(see Figures 3 and 4)

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3 Remarks

e1 90 83 120 plusmn05

e2 mdash 56 55 plusmn05

d2 17 105 15 H13

f 130 110 155 +6-0

g 50 85 90 +6-0

c 15 15 15 maximum

l 55 110 120 plusmn5

h 70 80 80 plusmn5

TABLE 2

Characteristic values for standard ball couplings and flange typetowing brackets

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3

D 17 20 30

S 120 120 120

D = maximum D-value (kN)S = maximum static vertical load (kg)

2 COUPLING HEADS

21 Coupling heads of Class B 50 must be designed so that they can beused safely with the coupling balls described in Section 1 of this Annexand thereby retain the prescribed characteristics

Coupling heads must be designed in such a way that safe coupling isensured also taking into account the wear of the coupling devices

22 Coupling heads must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in Annex VISection 42

23 Any additional device (e g braking stabilizer etc) shall not have anyadverse effect on the mechanical connection

24 Horizontal rotation of the coupling head at least 90deg to either side of thecentreline of the coupling ball and mounting described in Section 1 ofthis Annex when not attached to the vehicle must be possible Simulta-neously there must be an angle of free vertical movement 20deg above andbelow the horizontal Also in conjunction with the horizontal angel ofrotation of 90deg it must be possible for there to be 25deg of roll in bothdirections about the horizontal axis The following combinations ofmotions must be possible

mdash vertical pitch plusmn 15deg with acial roll plusmn 25deg

mdash axial roll plusmn 10deg with vertical pitch plusmn 20deg

at all angles of horizontal rotation

3 DRAWBAR COUPLINGS

The requirements of Sections 31 to 38 are applicable to all drawbarcouplings of Class C 50 Section 39 lists the additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard drawbar couplings of Classes C 50-1 to C 50-6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 23

31 Load requirements

All drawbar couplings shall be able to satisfy the tests stated in AnnexVI Section 43

32 Suitable drawbar eyes

Class C 50 drawbar couplings shall be compatible with all Class D 50drawbar eyes and coupling with the specified characteristics

33 Automatic operation

Drawbar couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

34 Jaw

Class C 50 drawbar couplings must have a jaw which is designed suchthat the appropriate drawbar eyes is guided into the coupling

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the vertical axisit must establish itself automatically in the normal position and with thecoupling pin open be effectively restrained in this position to givesatisfactory guidance for the drawbar eye during the coupling procedure

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the transverseaxis the joint providing the rotation capability must be restrained in itsnormal position by a locking torque This torque must be sufficient toprevent a force of 200 N acting vertically upwards on the top of the jawproducing any deflection of the joint from its normal position It mustbe possible to bring the jaw to its normal position manually A jaw thatpivots about the transverse axis is only approved for vertical bearingloads S of up to 50 kg and a V-value of up to 5 kN

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw is pivoted about the longitudinalaxis the rotation must be restrained by a locking torque of at least100 Nm

The minimum required size of the jaw depends on the D value of thecoupling

D-value le 18 kN width 150 mm height 100 mm

18 kN lt D-value le 25 kN width 280 mm height 170 mm

25 kN lt D-value width 360 mm height 200 mm

The external corners of the jaw may be radiused

Smaller jaws are permitted for Class C 50-X drawbar coupling if theiruse is restricted to centre-axle trailers up to 35 tonnes maximumpermissible mass or if the use of a jaw from the above table isimpossible due to technical reasons and if furthermore there arespecial circumstances such as visual aids for ensuring safe executionof the automatic coupling procedure and if the field of application isrestricted in the approval according to Annex III

35 Minimum freedom of movement of the coupled drawbar eye

The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate horizontally plusmn 90deg aboutthe vertical axis from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (see Figure 5)The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate vertically plusmn 20deg aboutthe transverse axis from the horizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure6) If the motion is provided by a special joint (only on Class C 50-Xdrawbar couplings) the field of application given in the approvalaccording to Annex III must be restricted to the cases stated inAnnex VII Section 237 It must be possible for the coupled drawbareye to be rotated axially plusmn 25deg about the longitudinal axis from thehorizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure 7)

The stated angles of rotation are applicable to drawbar couplings notattached to the vehicle

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 24

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 23: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

TABLE 1

Dimensions of standard ball couplings and flange type towingrackets (mm)

(see Figures 3 and 4)

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3 Remarks

e1 90 83 120 plusmn05

e2 mdash 56 55 plusmn05

d2 17 105 15 H13

f 130 110 155 +6-0

g 50 85 90 +6-0

c 15 15 15 maximum

l 55 110 120 plusmn5

h 70 80 80 plusmn5

TABLE 2

Characteristic values for standard ball couplings and flange typetowing brackets

A 50-1 A 50-2 A 50-3

D 17 20 30

S 120 120 120

D = maximum D-value (kN)S = maximum static vertical load (kg)

2 COUPLING HEADS

21 Coupling heads of Class B 50 must be designed so that they can beused safely with the coupling balls described in Section 1 of this Annexand thereby retain the prescribed characteristics

Coupling heads must be designed in such a way that safe coupling isensured also taking into account the wear of the coupling devices

22 Coupling heads must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in Annex VISection 42

23 Any additional device (e g braking stabilizer etc) shall not have anyadverse effect on the mechanical connection

24 Horizontal rotation of the coupling head at least 90deg to either side of thecentreline of the coupling ball and mounting described in Section 1 ofthis Annex when not attached to the vehicle must be possible Simulta-neously there must be an angle of free vertical movement 20deg above andbelow the horizontal Also in conjunction with the horizontal angel ofrotation of 90deg it must be possible for there to be 25deg of roll in bothdirections about the horizontal axis The following combinations ofmotions must be possible

mdash vertical pitch plusmn 15deg with acial roll plusmn 25deg

mdash axial roll plusmn 10deg with vertical pitch plusmn 20deg

at all angles of horizontal rotation

3 DRAWBAR COUPLINGS

The requirements of Sections 31 to 38 are applicable to all drawbarcouplings of Class C 50 Section 39 lists the additional requirementswhich must be fulfilled by standard drawbar couplings of Classes C 50-1 to C 50-6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 23

31 Load requirements

All drawbar couplings shall be able to satisfy the tests stated in AnnexVI Section 43

32 Suitable drawbar eyes

Class C 50 drawbar couplings shall be compatible with all Class D 50drawbar eyes and coupling with the specified characteristics

33 Automatic operation

Drawbar couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

34 Jaw

Class C 50 drawbar couplings must have a jaw which is designed suchthat the appropriate drawbar eyes is guided into the coupling

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the vertical axisit must establish itself automatically in the normal position and with thecoupling pin open be effectively restrained in this position to givesatisfactory guidance for the drawbar eye during the coupling procedure

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the transverseaxis the joint providing the rotation capability must be restrained in itsnormal position by a locking torque This torque must be sufficient toprevent a force of 200 N acting vertically upwards on the top of the jawproducing any deflection of the joint from its normal position It mustbe possible to bring the jaw to its normal position manually A jaw thatpivots about the transverse axis is only approved for vertical bearingloads S of up to 50 kg and a V-value of up to 5 kN

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw is pivoted about the longitudinalaxis the rotation must be restrained by a locking torque of at least100 Nm

The minimum required size of the jaw depends on the D value of thecoupling

D-value le 18 kN width 150 mm height 100 mm

18 kN lt D-value le 25 kN width 280 mm height 170 mm

25 kN lt D-value width 360 mm height 200 mm

The external corners of the jaw may be radiused

Smaller jaws are permitted for Class C 50-X drawbar coupling if theiruse is restricted to centre-axle trailers up to 35 tonnes maximumpermissible mass or if the use of a jaw from the above table isimpossible due to technical reasons and if furthermore there arespecial circumstances such as visual aids for ensuring safe executionof the automatic coupling procedure and if the field of application isrestricted in the approval according to Annex III

35 Minimum freedom of movement of the coupled drawbar eye

The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate horizontally plusmn 90deg aboutthe vertical axis from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (see Figure 5)The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate vertically plusmn 20deg aboutthe transverse axis from the horizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure6) If the motion is provided by a special joint (only on Class C 50-Xdrawbar couplings) the field of application given in the approvalaccording to Annex III must be restricted to the cases stated inAnnex VII Section 237 It must be possible for the coupled drawbareye to be rotated axially plusmn 25deg about the longitudinal axis from thehorizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure 7)

The stated angles of rotation are applicable to drawbar couplings notattached to the vehicle

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 24

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 24: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

31 Load requirements

All drawbar couplings shall be able to satisfy the tests stated in AnnexVI Section 43

32 Suitable drawbar eyes

Class C 50 drawbar couplings shall be compatible with all Class D 50drawbar eyes and coupling with the specified characteristics

33 Automatic operation

Drawbar couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

34 Jaw

Class C 50 drawbar couplings must have a jaw which is designed suchthat the appropriate drawbar eyes is guided into the coupling

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the vertical axisit must establish itself automatically in the normal position and with thecoupling pin open be effectively restrained in this position to givesatisfactory guidance for the drawbar eye during the coupling procedure

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw can pivot about the transverseaxis the joint providing the rotation capability must be restrained in itsnormal position by a locking torque This torque must be sufficient toprevent a force of 200 N acting vertically upwards on the top of the jawproducing any deflection of the joint from its normal position It mustbe possible to bring the jaw to its normal position manually A jaw thatpivots about the transverse axis is only approved for vertical bearingloads S of up to 50 kg and a V-value of up to 5 kN

If the jaw or a part supporting the jaw is pivoted about the longitudinalaxis the rotation must be restrained by a locking torque of at least100 Nm

The minimum required size of the jaw depends on the D value of thecoupling

D-value le 18 kN width 150 mm height 100 mm

18 kN lt D-value le 25 kN width 280 mm height 170 mm

25 kN lt D-value width 360 mm height 200 mm

The external corners of the jaw may be radiused

Smaller jaws are permitted for Class C 50-X drawbar coupling if theiruse is restricted to centre-axle trailers up to 35 tonnes maximumpermissible mass or if the use of a jaw from the above table isimpossible due to technical reasons and if furthermore there arespecial circumstances such as visual aids for ensuring safe executionof the automatic coupling procedure and if the field of application isrestricted in the approval according to Annex III

35 Minimum freedom of movement of the coupled drawbar eye

The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate horizontally plusmn 90deg aboutthe vertical axis from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (see Figure 5)The coupled drawbar eye must be able to rotate vertically plusmn 20deg aboutthe transverse axis from the horizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure6) If the motion is provided by a special joint (only on Class C 50-Xdrawbar couplings) the field of application given in the approvalaccording to Annex III must be restricted to the cases stated inAnnex VII Section 237 It must be possible for the coupled drawbareye to be rotated axially plusmn 25deg about the longitudinal axis from thehorizontal plane of the vehicle (see Figure 7)

The stated angles of rotation are applicable to drawbar couplings notattached to the vehicle

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 24

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 25: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

36 Minimum angle for coupling-up and uncoupling

Coupling and uncoupling of the drawbar eye must also be possiblewhen the longitudinal axis of the drawbar eye in relation to thecentreline of the jaw

361 is rotated 50deg horizontally to right or left

362 is rotated 6deg vertically up or down

363 is rotated 6deg axially to right or left

37 Locking to prevent inadvertent uncoupling

In the closed position the coupling pin must be secured by two positivemechanical securing devices each of which must remain effective shouldthe other fail

The closed and secured position of the coupling must be clearlyindicated externally by a mechanical device It must be possible toverify the position of the indicator by feel e g in the dark

The mechanical device must indicate the engagement of both lockingdevices (an AND condition)

However it is sufficient for the engagement of only one locking deviceto be indicated if in this situation engagement of the second lockingdevice is an inherent feature of the design

38 Hand levers

Hand levers must be of a design suitable for easy use with the endrounded off The coupling must have no sharp edges or points ofpossible pinching near the hand lever which could result in injuryduring operation of the coupling The force needed to release thecoupling measured without the drawbar eye must not exceed 250 Nperpendicular to the hand lever along the line of operation

39 Special requirements for standard drawbar couplings of Class C 50-1 to C 50-6

391 The swivel motion of the drawbar eye about the transverse axis must beachieved through the spherical shape of the coupling pin (and not bymeans of a joint see Figure 6)

392 Tensile and compressive shock loads along the longitudinal axis due tothe clearance between the coupling pin and the drawbar eye must beattenuated by spring andor damping devices (except C 50-1)

393 The dimensions given in Figure 8 and Table 3 must be adhered to

394 The couplings must be suitable and tested for the characteristic valuesgiven in Table 4

395 The coupling must be opened by means of a hand lever at the coupling(no remote control)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 25

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 26: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 26

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 27: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 27

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 28: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 28

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 29: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

TABLE 3

Dimensions of standard drawbar couplings (mm) (see Figure 8)

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 74 84 94 maximum

d2 105 15 17 21 H13

f 110 155 180 200 +6-0

g 85 90 120 140 plusmn3

a 100 170 200 200 200 +20-0

b 150 280 360 360 360 +20-0

c 20 24 30 30 maximum

h 150 190 265 265 265 maximum

l1 mdash 150 250 300 300 maximum

l2 150 300 330 330 330 maximum

l3 100 160 180 180 180 plusmn20

T mdash 15 20 35 35 maximum

TABLE 4

Characteristic values for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6

D 18 25 70 100 130 190

Dc 18 25 50 70 90 120

S 200 250 650 900 1 000 1 000

V 12 10 18 25 35 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = maximum V-value (kN)

4 DRAWBAR EYES

The requirements stated in Section 41 are applicable to drawbar eyes ofClass D 50

Sections 42 to 45 list the additional requirements which must befulfilled by standard drawbar eyes

41 General requirements for drawbar eyes

All drawbar eyes shall be able to satisfy the test stated in Annex VISection 44

Class D 50 drawbar eyes are intended for use with C 50 drawbarcouplings Drawbar eyes must not be able to rotate axially (becausethe respective couplings can rotate)

If Class D 50 drawbar eyes are fitted with sleeves they shall complywith the dimensions shown in Figure 12 (except class D 50-C) or Figure13

The sleeves must not be welded into the drawbar eyes

Class D 50 drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated in Figure9 (if not stated otherwise in Section 42 43 or 44) The form of shankfor drawbar eyes of Class D 50-X is not specified but in a distance of210 mm from the centre of the eye the height lsquohrsquo and the width lsquobrsquo mustbe within the limits given in Table 6

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 29

42 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-A

Drawbar eyes of class D 50-A must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 9

43 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-B

Class D 50-B drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 10

44 Special requirements for drawbar eyes of Class D 50-C

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must have the dimensions illustrated inFigure 11

Class D 50-C drawbar eyes must be fitted with the sleeves illustrated inFigure 13

45 Load values for standard drawbar eyes

The standard drawbar eyes and their means of attachment must besuitable and tested for the load values stated in Table 5

TABLE 5

Characteristic values for standard drawbar eyes

Class D Dc S V

D 50-A 130 90 1 000 30

D 50-B 130 90 1 000 25

D 50-C 190 120 1 000 50

D = maximum D value (kN)Dc = maximum D value (kN) for centre-axle trailersS = maximum static vertical bearing load (kg)V = V-value (kN)

TABLE 6

Dimensions for drawbar eyes D 50-A and D 50-X (see Figure 9)

Class h (mm) b (mm)

D 50-A 65-1+2 60-1

+2

D 50-X 67 maximum 62 maximum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 30

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 31

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 32

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 33

5 DRAWBARS

51 Drawbars of Class E must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Section 45

52 In order to provide a connection to the towing vehicle the drawbars canbe fitted either with coupling heads as in Section 2 or drawbar eyes asin Section 4 of this Annex The coupling heads and drawbar eyes can beattached by screwing bolting or welding

53 Hinged drawbars must be clear of the ground They shall not fall belowa height of 200 mm from the ground when released from the horizontalposition

54 Height adjusting devices for hinged drawbars

541 Hinged drawbars have to be equipped with devices for adjusting thedrawbar to the height of the coupling device or jaw These devices mustbe designed so that the drawbar can be adjusted by one person withouttools or any other aids

542 Height adjusting devices must be able to adjust the drawbar eyes or ballcouplings from the horizontal above the ground at least 300 mmupwards and downwards Within this range the drawbar must beadjustable steplessly or in maximum steps of 50 mm measured at thedrawbar eye or ball coupling

543 The height adjusting device must not interfere with easy movement ofthe drawbar after coupling-up

544 The height adjusting devices must not interfere with the action of anyoverrun brake

55 In the case of drawbars combined with overrun brakes the distancebetween the centre of the drawbar eye and the end of the free shankof the drawbar eye must not be less than 200 mm in the brake appli-cation position With the shank of the drawbar eye fully inserted thedistance must not be less than 150 mm

56 Drawbars for use on centre-axle trailers must possess at least half themoment of resistance against lateral forces as against vertical forces

6 MOUNTING FRAMES

61 Mounting frames shall be appropriate for the attachment of theconcerned coupling device to the corresponding vehicle(s)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 34

62 Mounting frames must not be welded to the chassis bodywork or otherpart of the vehicle

63 Mounting frames must be able to satisfy the tests laid down in AnnexVI Section 43

7 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLINGS AND STEERING WEDGES

The requirements of Sections 71 to 79 are applicable to all fifth wheelcouplings of Class G 50

Section 710 lists the additional requirements which must be fulfilled bystandard coupling devices

Steering wedges must satisfy the requirments listed in Section 79

71 Suitable fifth wheel coupling pins

Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must be designed so that they can beused with Class H 50 coupling pins and provide the specified charac-teristics with them

72 Automatic operation

Fifth wheel couplings must be automatic in operation (see Annex ISection 2117)

73 Guides

Fifth wheel couplings must be equipped with a guide which ensures safeand secure engagement of the coupling pin The entry width of theguide must be at least 350 mm

74 Minimum free movement of the fifth wheel coupling with thecoupling pin engaged (but with the fifth wheel coupling notattached to a mounting plate or vehicle)

With the coupling pin engaged fifth wheel couplings must permit thefollowing minimum values of rotation of the coupling pin in thetravelling position

741 plusmn 90deg about the vertical axis (not applicable to fifth wheel couplingswith positive steering) and simultaneously

742 plusmn 12deg about the horizontal axis transverse to the direction of travel Thisangle does not necessarily cover off-road use

743 Rotation about the longitudinal axis of up to plusmn 3deg is permittedHowever on a fully oscillating fifth wheel coupling this angle maybe exceeded providing that locking mechanism enables the restrictionof the rotation up to plusmn 3deg

75 Locking devices to prevent uncoupling of fifth wheel couplings

The locking mechanism of the coupling must secure the coupling pintwo positive ways the second locking device may operate on the firstThe first locking device must operate automatically at coupling-up Ifthe second locking device has to be operated by hand it should only bepossible to engage it after the first device has been fully engaged If thesecond locking device operates automatically the engagement of bothmust be indicated visually

76 Operating devices

In the closed position the operating devices must be secured to preventinadvertent operation

77 Surface finish

The surfaces of the coupling plate and coupling lock must be func-tionally satisfactory and carefully machined forged cast or pressed

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 35

78 Load requirements

All fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy the tests described inAnnex VI Section 46

79 Steering wedges

Coupling of Class G 50-X which are unsuitable for positive steeringmust be marked appropriately

791 The dimensions of steering wedges for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be as in Figure 15

792 The steering wedge must allow safe and secure coupling-up Thesteering wedge must be spring-mounted The strength of the springmust be selected so that it is possible to couple up an unloaded semi-trailer and so that with the semi-trailer fully loaded the steering wedgeis firmly in contact with the flanks of the coupling during travelUncoupling of the fifth wheel must be possible with the semi-trailerboth loaded and unloaded

710 Special requirements for standard fifth wheels couplings

7101 Standard fifth wheel couplings must have the dimensions indicated inFigure 14 and Table 7

7102 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for and tested for a D-value of 150 kN and a value of U of 20 tonnes

7103 Release must be possible by a hand lever directly at the coupling

7104 Standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable for the positive steeringof semi-trailers by means of steering wedges (see Section 79)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 36

TABLE 7

Dimensions of standard fifth wheel couplings (mm) (see Figure 14)

G 50-1 G 50-2 G 50-3 G 50-4 G 50-5 G 50-6

H 140 to 159 160 to 179 180 to 199 200 to 219 220 to 239 240 to 260

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 37

8 FIFTH WHEEL COUPLING PINS

81 Fifth wheel coupling pins of class H 50 (ISO 337) must have thedimensions shown in Figure 16

82 The coupling pins must be able to satisfy the tests described in AnnexVI Secion 48

9 MOUNTING PLATES

91 Class J mounting plats for fifth wheel couplings must have a holeconfiguration corresponding to Figure 14 if they are intended forstandard fifth wheel couplings

92 Mounting plates for standard fifth wheel couplings must be suitable forthe positive steering of semi-trailers (with steering wedges) Mountingplates for non-standard fifth wheel couplings which are unsuitable forpositive steering must be marked appropriately

93 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings must be able to satisfy thetests described in Annex VI Section 47

10 DEVICES FOR REMOTE INDICATION AND REMOTE CONTROL

101 General requirements

Devices for remote indication and remote control are permitted onautomatic coupling devices of Classes C 50-X and G 50-X

Devices for remote indication and remote control must not interfere withthe minimum free movement of the coupled drawbar eye or coupledsemi-trailer They must be permanently connected to the vehicle

All the devices for remote indication or remote control fall within thescope of testing and approval of the coupling device together with allparts of the operating devices and transmission devices

102 Remote indication

1021 For an automatic coupling procedure remote indication devices mustindicate the closed and doubly locked position of the coupling in anoptical manner according to Section 1022 andor 1023

1022 The change from the open to the closed and doubly locked positionshall be indicated by a green optical signal

1023 If the open andor unsecured position is indicated a red optical signalshall be used

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 38

1024 In the case of indicating the completion of the automatic couplingprocedure the remote indicator shall ensure that the coupling pin hasreached the doubly locked end position

1025 The appearance of any fault in the remote indication system shall notindicate a closed and locked position during the coupling procedure ifthe end position has not been reached

1026 The disengagement of one of the two locking devices must cause thegreen optical signal to extinguish andor the red optical signal to show

1027 The mechanical indicators directly at the coupling device must beretained

The remote indication device shall be automatically activated duringevery coupling procedure

1028 In order to avoid distracting the driver during normal driving there shallbe a provision for switching off the remote indication device

1029 The operating controls and indicators of the remote indication devicesmust be mounted within the drivers field of vision and be permanentlyand clearly identified

103 Remote control

1031 If a remote control device is employed there must also be a remoteindication device as described in Section 102 which must also indicatethe open condition of the coupling

1032 There must be a dedicated switch (i e master switch lever or valve) toenable the coupling to be opened or closed by means of the remotecontrol device If this master switch is not located in the driving cab itmust not be in a position where it is freely accessible to unauthorizedpersons or it must be lockable The actual operation of the couplingfrom the driving cab may only be possible when inadvertent operationhas been precluded (e g by means of two-hand operation)

It must be possible to ascertain whether opening of the coupling underremote control has been completed or not

1033 If remote control involves the coupling being opened by external forcethe condition under which the external force acts on the coupling mustbe indicated appropriately to the driver This is not necessary if theexternal force is only operative while the remote control is operating

1034 If the actuating device for opening the coupling under remote control ismounted externally on the vehicle it must be possible to oversee thearea between the coupled vehicles but it must not be necessaryhowever to enter this area in order to operate it

1035 Any single error in operation or the occurrence of any single fault in thesystem must not result in accidental opening of the coupling duringnormal road travel Any faults in the system must be indicateddirectly or be immediately obvious at the next operation e g by amalfunction

1036 In the event of a failure of remote control it must be possible to openthe coupling in at least one other way in an emergency case If thisrequires the use of a tool it must be included in the vehicles tool kitThe requirements of Annex V Section 38 are not applicable to handlevers used exclusively for opening the coupling in an emergency

1037 The operating controls and indicators for the remote control devicesmust be permanently and clearly identified

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 39

ANNEX VI

TESTING OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES

1 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

11 Specimens of coupling devices must be tested both strength tests andfunction tests being performed However the Technical Service maywaive a strength test if the simple design of a component makes atheoretical check possible The theoretical checks must ensure thesame quality of results as with dynamic or static testing In cases ofdoubt it is the results of dynamic testing that are overriding TheTechnical Service responsible will decide on the type of tests to beemployed

12 With coupling devices the strength must be verified by a dynamic test(endurance test) In certain cases some additional static tests may benecessary (see Section 4)

13 The dynamic test should be performed with approximately sinusoidalload (alternating andor pulsating) with a number of stress cycles appro-priate to the material No cracks of fractures must occur

14 Only slight permanent deformation is permitted with the static testsprescribed The plastic deformation after releasing must not be morethan 10 of the maximum deformation

15 The loading assumptions in the dynamic tests are based on the hori-zontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and thevertical force component Horizontal force components transverse to thelongitudinal axis of the vehicle and moments are not taken intoaccount provided they are of only minor significance

If the design of the coupling device or its attachment to the vehicle orthe attachment of additional systems (as stabilizers short couplingsystems etc) generates additional forces or moments additional testsmay be required by the Technical Service

The horizontal force component in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle isrepresented by a theoretically determined reference force the D value asdefined in Annex 1 Section 2118 The vertical force componentwhere applicable is represented by the static vertical bearing load Sat the point of coupling and the assumed vertical load V defined inAnnex I Section 2119 or by the static vertical bearing load U in caseof fifth wheel couplings

16 The characteristic values D S V and U on which the tests are basedmust be taken from the manufacturers application for the granting ofEEC type-approval

2 TEST PROCEDURES

21 For the dynamic tests and static tests the specimen must be placed in asuitable rig with a suitable means of force application so that it is notsubjected to any additional forces or moments apart from the specifiedtest force In the case of alternating tests the direction of force appli-cation must not deviate by more than +1deg from the specified directionIn the case of pulsating and static tests the angle must be set for topforce This will normally require a joint at the point of force application(i e the point of coupling) and a second joint an adequate distanceaway

22 The test frequency must not exceed 35 Hz The selected frequency shallbe well separated from resonance frequencies of the test set-up includingthe tested device With asynchronous testing the frequencies of the twoforce components must be approximately 1 to a maximum of 3 apart For coupling devices made of steel the number of stress cycles is2 x 106 For devices made of other materials than steel a higher numberof cycles may be necessary The dye-penetration method of crack testingor an equivalent method must be employed

23 With alternating test forces (components) the mean force is zero Withpulsating tests the test force is equal to the top force the bottom force

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 40

may be up to 5 of the top force unless stated otherwise in the specifictesting requirements

24 With static tests other than the special tests required by paragraph 423the test force must be applied smoothly and quickly and be maintainedfor at least 60 seconds

25 The coupling devices on test should normally be mounted as rigidly aspossible on a test rig in the actual position in which they will be usedon the vehicle The fixing devices should be those specified by themanufacturer or applicant and should be those intended for itsattachment to the vehicle andor shall have identical mechanical char-acteristics

26 Preferably couplings have to be tested in original condition as beingforeseen for the use on the road At the discretion of the manufacturerand in agreement with the Technical Service flexible components maybe neutralized if this is necessary for the test procedure and if there isno concern about unrealistic influence to the test result

Flexible components being apparently overheated due to this acceleratedtest procedure may be replaced during the test The test loads may beapplied by means of special slack-free devices

3 SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS IN ANNEX VI

Av = maximum permitted axle load of the steered axle in t

C = mass of centre axle trailer in t (as Annex I Section 2118)

D = D value in kN (Annex I Section 2118)

R = mass of full trailer in t (Annex I Section 2118)

T = mass of towing vehicle in t (Annex I Section 2118)

FA = static lifting force in kN

Fh = horizontal component of test force in longitudinal axis ofvehicle in kN

Fs = vertical component of test force in kN

Fq = horizontal component of test force transverse to longi-tudinal axis of vehicle in kN

Fhs res = resultant test force of Fh and Fs in kN

Fhq res = resultant test force of Fh and Fq in kN

S = static vertical load in kg

U = fifth wheel imposed vertical load in t

V = V-value in kN (Annex I Section 2119)

a = equivalent vertical acceleration factor in the coupling pointof centre-axle trailers depending on the kind of suspensionon the rear axle(s) of the towing vehicle

e = longitudinal distance between the coupling point ofcoupling balls which can be dismantled and the verticalplane of the fixing points (see Figures 22 to 25) in mm

f = vertical distance between the coupling point of couplingballs which can be dismantled and the horizontal planeof the fixing points (see Figures 21 to 25) in mm

g = acceleration due to gravity assumed as 981 ms2

l = theoretical drawbar length between the centre of thedrawbar eye and the centre of the axle assembly in metres

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 41

n = distance between drawbar eye and centre line of the steeredaxle in mm

r = scrub radius in mm

s = track in mm

x = length of the loading area of a centre axle trailer in metres

Subscripts

O = top force

U = bottom force

w = alternating

h = horizontal

s = vertical

4 SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

41 Coupling balls and towing brackets

411 The mechanical coupling devices of coupling balls may be of thefollowing types

mdash one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

mdash coupling balls comprising a number of parts which can bedismantled (see Figures 21 22 23)

mdash towing brackets (see Figure 24)

412 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force Thetest specimen is the coupling ball the ball neck and the mountingsnecessary for attaching to the vehicle The coupling ball and towingbrackets must be rigidly mounted to a test rig capable of producingalternating forces in the actual position in which it is intended for use

413 The positions of the fixing points for attaching the coupling ball andtowing brackets are specified by the vehicle manufacturer (see AnnexVII Section 12)

414 The devices submitted to the test shall be provided with all designdetails which may have an influence on the strength criteria (forexample electrical socket plate any marking etc) The test peripheryends at the anchorage points or fitting points The geometric location ofthe coupling ball and the fixing points of the coupling device related tothe reference line shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer andshall be shown in the test report All relative positions of the anchoragepoints with respect to the reference line for which the towing vehiclemanufacturer shall provide all the necessary information to the towingdevice manufacturer shall be repeated on the test bed

415 The assembly mounted on the test bed shall be subjected to a test on analternating stress tensible testing machine (for example on a resonancepulser)

The test load shall be an alternating force and must be applied to thecoupling ball at an angle of 15deg plusmn 1deg as shown in Figure 17 andorFigure 18

If the ball centre is above that line parallel to the reference line asshown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearest fixing

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 42

points the test has to be carried out with an anlge α = - 15deg plusmn 1deg (seeFigure 17) If the ball centre is below that line parallel to the referenceline as shown in Figure 19 which contains the highest of the nearestfixing points the test has to be carried out with an angle α = + 15deg plusmn 1deg(see Figure 18)

This angle is chosen in order to take account of the vertical static anddynamic load This test method is only applicable to a permitted staticload of not more than

S frac14 120 D

g

If a static load above 120 D is requested the test angle should beincreased to 20deg The dynamic test must be performed with thefollowing test force

Fhs res = plusmn 06 D

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 43

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 44

416 The test procedure is applicable to the different types of couplingdevices (see Section 411) as follows

4161 one-piece coupling balls including devices with non-interchangeabledetachable balls (see Figure 20)

The strength test for the devices shown in Figure 20 shall be carriedout according to the requirements of Section 415

4162 coupling balls comprising parts which can be dismantled

The following categories are defined

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 21)

mdash towing bracket and ball on integral support (see Figure 22)

mdash towing bracket and ball (see Figure 23)

mdash towing bracket without ball (see Figure 24)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 45

The strength test for the devices shown in Figures 21 to 23 shall becarried out according to the requirements of Section 415 Dimensionse and f with a manufacturing tolerance of plusmn 5 mm shall be shown inthe test report

The test of the towing bracket (see Figure 24) shall be carried out witha mounted ball (on support) Account will be taken only of the resultsto the towing bracket between the fixing points and the mountingsurface of the ball support

The dimensions e and f are to be specified by the coupling devicemanufacturer

4163 Coupling devices with variable dimensions e and f for demountableand interchangeable coupling balls

41631 The strength tests for such towing brackets (shown in Figure 25) shallbe carried out to the requirements of Section 415

41632 If a worst case configuration can be defined by agreement between themanufacturer and the Technical Service the testing of this one config-uration alone shall be sufficient Otherwise several ball positions shallbe tested in a simplified test programme according to Section41633

41633 In a simplified test programme the value for f shall be between adefined value of fmin and a value of fmax which does not exceed100 mm The ball shall be at a distance (emax) of 130 mm from thesupport To cover all possible positions of the ball in the field given

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 46

by the horizontal distance from the mounting surface and the verticalrange of f (fmin to fmax) two devices are to be tested

mdash one with a ball in top (fmax) and

mdash one with a ball in low (fmin) position

If the field of possible ball positions is divided by the line parallelreference line (see Figure 25c) the test angles are

mdash α for the ball above and + α for the ball below that reference line(compare Figure 19)

(a) fmax below line parallel reference line test angles + α

(b) fmin above line parallel reference line test angles -α

(c) fmax above line parallel reference line

fmin below line parallel reference line

test angles + α and - α

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 47

42 COUPLING HEADS

421 The basic test is an endurance test with an alternating test force and astatic test (lifting test) on each test specimen

422 The dynamic test must be performed with a Class A coupling ball ofappropriate strength On the test rig the ball coupling and coupling ballmust be arranged as instructed by the manufacturer and in a waycorresponding to their attachment in a vehicle There should be nopossibility of extra forces in addition to the test force acting on thespecimen The test force must be applied along a line passing throughthe centre of the ball and inclined downwards to the rear at 15deg (seeFigure 26) An endurance test must be performed on a test specimenwith the following test force

Fhs res w = 06 D

423 A static lifting test must also be performed The coupling ball used forthe test must have a diameter of

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 48

in order to represent a worn coupling ball The lifting force FA mustbe increased smoothly and quickly to a value of

g ethc thorn S

1000THORN

and be held for 10 seconds (see Figure 27) The coupling head shallnot separate from the ball or exhibit any permanent distortion whichcould have an adverse effect on its functional capability

43 Drawbar couplings and draw beams

431 An endurance test must be performed on a test specimen Thecoupling device must be equipped with all the fixings needed toattach it to the vehicle Any intermediate devices fitted between thedrawbar couplings and the vehicle frame (i e drawbeams) must betested with the same forces as the coupling When testing drawbeamsintended for standard drawbar couplings the vertical load shall beapplied at a longitudinal distance from the vertical plane of thefixing points that is equal to the position of the correspondingstandard coupling

432 Drawbar couplings for hinged drawbars (S=0)

The dynamic tests must be performed with a horizontal alternatingforce of Fhw = 06 D acting in a line parallel to the ground and inthe longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicle passing throughthe centre of the coupling pin

433 Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers (S gt 0)

4331 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses up to and inc lud ing 3 5tonnes

Drawbar couplings for use with centre-axle trailers up to and includinga mass of 35 tonnes must be tested in the same way as coupling ballsand towing brackets described in Section 41 of this Annex

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 49

4332 Cen t r e - ax l e t r a i l e r masses exceed ing 3 5 tonnes

The test loads are applied to the specimen in the horizontal andvertical directions in an asynchronous endurance test The horizontalline of action must be parallel to the ground in the longitudinal medianplane of the towing vehicle and pass through the centre of thecoupling pin The vertical line of action must be perpendicular tothe ground in the longitudinal median plane of the towing vehicleand pass through the centre of the coupling pin (see Figure 28)

The fixing arrangements for the drawbar coupling and the drawbar eyeon the test bed shall be those intended for its attachment to the vehiclein accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions

The following test loads shall be applied to the coupling point

Test load Mean value (kN) Amplitude (kN)

Horizontal load 0 plusmn 06 D

Vertical loadg S

1000

plusmn 06 V

The test force is the geometrical sum of the vertical and the horizontalcomponents This can be achieved by the test bed configuration shownin Figure 28 The vertical and the horizontal components shall besinusoidal in shape and shall be applied asynchronously where thedifference of their frequencies shall be between 1 and 3 so thatresulting test forces in all directions are created

434 Static test on coupling pin locking device

With drawbar couplings it is also necessary to test the closure and anylocking devices by means of a static force of 025 D acting in thedirection of opening The test must not cause the closure to open andit must not cause any damage A test force of 01 D is sufficient in thecase of cylindrical coupling pins

44 Drawbar eyes

441 Drawbar eyes must be subjected to the same dynamic testing asdrawbar couplings Drawbar eyes used solely for trailers havinghinged drawbars allowing free vertical movement must be subjectedto an alternating load as described in Section 432 Drawbar eyes alsointended for use on centre-axle trailers must be tested in the same wayas ball couplings (Section 42) for trailer masses C up to and including

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 50

35 tonnes and in the same way as drawbar couplings (Section 4332)for centre-axle trailer with a mass C exceeding 35 tonnes

442 The testing of drawbar eyes must be conducted in such a manner thatthe alternating load also acts on the parts used for attaching thedrawbar eye to the drawbar All flexible intermediate componentsmust be clamped

45 Drawbars

451 Drawbars shall be tested in the same way as drawbar eyes (see Section44) The technical service may waive an endurance test if the simpledesign of a component makes a theoretical check of its strengthpossible The design loads for the theoretical verification of thedrawbar of centre-axle trailers with a mass C of up to and including35 tonnes shall be taken from ISO 76411 (1983) The design loadsfor the theoretical verification of drawbars for centre-axle trailershaving a mass C over 35 tonnes must be calculated as follows

Fsp frac14 g S

1000thorn V

where the force amplitude V is that given in Annex I Section 2119

The permissible stresses based on the design load for trailers having atotal mass C over 35 tonnes shall be in accordance with paragraph 53of ISO 76411 For bent drawbars (e g swan neck) and for drawbarsof full trailers the horizontal force component Fhp = 10 x D shall betaken into consideration

452 For drawbars for full trailers with free movement in the vertical planein addition to the endurance test or theorectical verification of strengththe resistance to buckling must be verified either by a theoreticalcalculation with a design load of 30 D or by a buckling test with adesign load of 30 x D The permissible stresses in case of calculationshall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

453 In the case of steered axles the resistance to bending must be verifiedby theoretical calculations or by a bending test A horizontal lateralstatic force must be applied in the centre of the coupling point Themagnitude of this force must be chosen so that a moment of 06 x Avx g (kNm) is exerted about the front axle centre The permissiblestresses shall be in accordance with paragraph 53 of ISO 76411

46 Fifth wheel couplings

461 The basic strength tests are a dynamic test and a static test (liftingtest) Fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steering of semi-trailers must be subject to an additional static test (bending test) Forthe purpose of the tests the fifth wheel coupling must be equippedwith all the fixings needed to attach it to the vehicle The method ofmounting must be indentical to that employed subsequently on thevehicle itself

462 Static tests

4621 Standard fifth wheel couplings designed for a steering wedge orsimilar device for the positive steering of semi-trailers (see AnnexV Section 79) must be tested for adequate strength by means of astatic bending test within the working range of the steering devicewith the simultaneous application of fifth wheel load The maximumpermitted fifth wheel load U must be applied vertically on thecoupling in its operating position by means of a rigid plate ofsufficient size to cover the coupling completely

The resultant of the applied load must pass through the centre of thehorizontal joint of the fifth wheel coupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 51

Simultaneously a horizontal lateral force representing the forceneeded for positive steering of the semi-trailer must be applied tothe flanks of the guide for the coupling pin The magnitude of thisforce and the direction in which it acts must be chosen so that amoment of 075 m X D is exerted about the centre of the couplingpin The moment should be applied by means of a force acting on alever arm 05 m long Permanent (plastic) distortion up to 05 of allnominal dimensions is permitted There must be no cracking

4622 A static lifting test must be performed on all fifth wheel couplings Upto a lifting force of FA = g U there must be no major permanentbending of the coupling plate over more than 02 of its width

In the case of Class G 50 standard fifth wheel couplings andcomparable couplings for the same coupling pin diameter there mustbe no separation of the coupling pin from the coupling with a liftingforce of

FA = g 25 U

The force should be applied by means of a lever bearing on thecoupling plate at one end and being raised at the other end at adistance of 10 to 15 m from the centre of the coupling pin (seeFigure 29)

The lever arm must be at 90deg to the direction of entry of the couplingpin into the coupling If the worst case is obvious this worst case hasto be tested If the worst case is not easy to determine the technicalservice shall decide which side to test No second test shall berequired

463 Dynamcic test

The fifth wheel coupling must be subjected to alternating stress on atest rig (asynchronous dynamic test) with horizontal alternating andvertical pulsating forces acting simultaneously

4631 In the case of fifth wheel couplings not intended for the positivesteering of semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 06 D

Vertical FsO = g 12 U

FsU = g 04 U

These two forces must be applied in the longitudinal median plane ofthe vehicle with FsOU passing through the centre of the joint of thecoupling

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 52

The vertical force FsOU alternates between the limits

+ 12 U and + 04 U

and the horizontal force between

+ 06 D and - 06 D

4632 In the case of fifth wheel couplings intended for the positive steeringof semi-trailers the following forces must be used

Horizontal Fhw = plusmn 0675 D

Vertical FsOU as in Section 4631

The lines of action of the forces are shown in Section 4631

4633 For the dynamic test of fifth wheel couplings a suitable lubricatingmaterial shall be placed between the coupling plate and the trailerplate so that a maxium friction coefficient of μ = 015 is assured

47 Mounting plates for fifth wheel couplings

The dynamic test for fifth wheel couplings described in Section 463and the static tests described in Section 462 must be applied appro-priately to mounting plates With mounting plates it is sufficient toperform the lifting test on one side only The test must be based on themaximum assigned installation height for the coupling the maximumassigned width and the miminum assigned length of the mountingplate design It is not necessary to carry out this test if themounting plate is narrower andor longer and the total height lowerbut otherwise identical to a design which has already undergone thistest

48 Fifth wheel coupling pins of semi-trailers

481 A dynamic test with alternating stress must be performed on aspecimen on a test rig The testing of the coupling pin must not becombined with the testing of the fifth wheel coupling The test mustbe conducted so that the load is also applied to the fixings needed forattaching the coupling pin to the semi-trailer

482 A dynamic test with a horizontal load of Fhw = plusmn 06 D must beapplied to the coupling pin in the operating position

The line of action of the force must pass through the centre of thesmallest diameter of the cylindrical part of the coupling pin having adiameter of 508 mm for Class H 50 (see Annex V Figure 16)

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 53

ANNEX VII

REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TYPE-APPROVAL OF THEVEHICLE TYPE WITH REGARD TO THE OPTIONALATTACHMENT OF MECHANICAL COUPLING DEVICES TO THIS

VEHICLE

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

11 The vehicle manufacturer shall state which types and classes of couplingdevices may be fitted to the vehicle type giving the values of D V (1) Sor U (if applicable) which are based on the construction of the vehicletype in combination with the type(s) of the coupling device(s) intendedto be used The characteristics D V S or U of the coupling devicesapproved in accordance with this Directive shall be equal or greater thanthe characteristics given for the combination concerned

12 The coupling device shall be attached to the vehicle type according tothe installation instructions given by the vehicle manufacturer inagreement with the coupling manufacturer and the Technical ServiceThe vehicle manufacturer shall state the appropriate attachment pointsfor the coupling device on the vehicle type and if necessary mountingbrackets mounting plates etc to be fitted on the specific vehicle type

13 Only automatic coupling devices which allow an automatic couplingprocedure on motor vehicles shall be employed for the coupling oftrailers having a maximum mass of more than 35 tonnes

14 When mounting coupling devices of Classes B D E and H on trailersa value of 32 tonnes for the maximum mass T of the towing vehiclemust be taken into account for D-value calculation If the D-value of thecoupling device is not sufficient for T = 32 tonnes the resultingrestriction on the mass T of the towing vehicle or the mass of thevehicle combination must be stated in the EEC vehicle type-approvalcertificate of the trailer (Annex IX)

2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

21 Attachment of coupling balls and towing brackets

211 Coupling balls and towing brackets must be attached to a vehicle ofcategory M1 category M2 below 35 tonnes and category N1 in amanner which conforms to the clearance and height dimensions givenin Figure 30 This requirement shall not apply to off-road vehicles asdefined in Annex II to Directive 9253EEC

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 54

(1) The value V shall be given for vehicles having a technically permissible maximum ladenmass exceeding 35 tonnes only

Any details not given must be selected appropriately

The dimensions and angles should be checked with suitable instruments

212 For coupling balls and towing brackets the vehicle manufacturer mustsupply mounting instructions and state whether any reinforcement of thefixing area is necessary

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 55

213 It must also be possible to couple and uncouple ball couplings when thelongitudinal axis of the ball coupling in relation to the centre line of thecoupling ball and mounting

(a) is horizontally β = 60deg to right or left (see Figure 30)

(b) is vertically α = 10deg up or down (see Figure 30)

(c) is axially rotated 10deg to right or left

214 The mounted coupling ball must not obscure the place or visibility ofthe rear license plate otherwise a coupling ball which can be dismantledwithout special tools has to be used

22 Attachment of coupling heads

221 Class B coupling heads are permitted for trailers of the maximum massup to and including 35 tonnes With the trailer horizontal and carryingthe maximum permitted axle load coupling heads must be attached sothat the coupling point of the trailer is 430 plusmn 35 mm above the hori-zontal plane on which the wheels of the trailer stand (see Figure 31)

In the case of caravans and goods trailers the horizontal position isregarded as when the floor or loading surface is horizontal In the caseof trailers without such a reference surface (eg boat trailers or similar)the trailer manufacturer must give an appropriate reference line definingthe horizontal position The height requirement shall apply only totrailers intended to be attached to vehicles mentioned in Section 211

222 It must be possible to operate the coupling heads safely within the freespace of the coupling ball given in Figure 30

23 Attachment of drawbar couplings and mounting blocks

231 Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

If types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fitted to thevehicle type the mounting dimensions on the vehicle given in Figure 32and Table 8 must be met

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 56

232 Need for remote controlled couplings

If one or more of the following rules regarding easy and safe operation(Section 233) accessibility (Section 234) or clearance for the handlever (Section 235) cannot be met a coupling with a remote controldevice as described in Annex V Section 103 must be used

233 Easy and safe coupling operation

Drawbar couplings must be mounted on the vehicle type in such amanner that they are easy and safe to operate

In addition to the functions of opening (and closing if applicable) thisalso includes checking the position of the indicator for the closed andsecured position of the coupling pin (by sight and touch)

In the area in which the person operating the coupling must stand theremust be no points of possible danger such as sharp edges corners etcinherent in the design or they must be protected so that injury isunlikely

The way of escape from this area must not be restricted or barred oneither side by any attached objects

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 57

Any underrun protection device must not prevent the person adopting asuitable position to operate the coupling

234 Accessibility

The distance between the centre of the coupling pin and the rear edge ofthe vehicle bodywork must not exceed 420 mm

However the distance of 420 mm may be exceeded if technicalnecessity can be demonstrated

1 a distance of up to 650 mm for vehicles with tipping bodies or rear-mounted equipment

2 a distance of up to 1 320 mm if the unobstructed height is at least1 150 mm

3 car transporters with at least two loading levels when the trailervehicle is not separated from the towing vehicle in normaltransport operation

provided easy and safe actuation of the drawbar coupling is notadversely affected

235 Clearance for the hand lever

In order to permit safe operation of drawbar couplings there must beadequate free space around the hand lever

The clearance illustrated in figure 33 is regarded as sufficient Ifdifferent types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest size of coupling of the appropriate classgiven in Annex V Section 3

The dimensions are also applicable as appropriate for drawbar couplingshaving hand levers pointing downwards or of a different design

The clearance must also be maintained within the specified minimumangle for coupling-up and uncoupling given in Annex V Section 36

236 Clearance for free movement of drawbar coupling

The drawbar coupling attached to the vehicle must have a minimumclear gap of 10 mm from every other part of the vehicle taking intoaccount all possible geometrical positions in accordance with Annex V

If different types of standard drawbar couplings are intended to be fittedto the vehicle type the clearance must be such that the conditions arealso satisfied for the largest possible coupling of the appropriate classstated in Annex V Section 3

237 Admissibility of drawbar couplings with a special joint for verticalrotation (see Figure 6)

Couplings having a cylindrical pin and which achieve vertical rotationfor the coupled drawbar eye by means of a special joint will only bepermitted in cases when technical necessity can be demonstrated Thismay be the case for example on rear tippers when the coupling headmust be hinged or with the couplings of heavy transporters when forstrength reasons the use of a cylindrical coupling pin is necessary

TABLE 8

Mounting dimensions for standard drawbar couplings

C 50-1 C 50-2 C 50-3 C 50-4 C 50-5 C 50-6 Remarks

e1 83 120 140 160 plusmn 05

e2 56 55 80 100 plusmn 05

d1 mdash 54 75 85 95 + 1-05

d1 105 15 17 21 H13

T mdash 15 20 35 35 35 maximum

F 120 165 190 210 minimum

G 95 100 130 150 minimum

L1 mdash 200 300 400 minimum

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 58

24 Attachment of drawbar eyes and drawbars on trailers

241 Drawbars for centre-axle trailers must have a support device adjustablein height if the vertical bearing load at the drawbar eye on the trailertype exceeds 50 kg when the trailer is uniformly loaded to its tech-nically permissible maximum mass

242 When attaching drawbar eyes and drawbars to centre-axle trailers with amaximum mass C of more than 35 tonnes and more than one axle theymust be equipped with a device for axle load sharing

25 Attachment of fifth wheel couplings mounting plates and couplingpins on vehicles

251 Class G 50 fifth wheel couplings must not be mounted directly on thevehicle frame unless permitted by the vehicle manufacturer They mustbe fixed to the frame by means of the mounting plate the installationinstructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer or coupling manu-facturer must be followed

252 Semi-trailers must be equipped with landing gear or any otherequipment which allows uncoupling and parking of the semi-trailer Ifsemi-trailers are equipped so that the connection of the couplingdevices the electrical systems and braking systems can be effectedautomatically the trailer must have landing gear which retracts fromthe ground automatically after the semi-trailer has been coupled up

253 The fixing of the fifth wheel coupling pin in the mounting plate on thesemi-trailer must be as instructed by the vehicle manufacturer or manu-facturer of the fifth wheel coupling

254 If a semi-trailer is equipped with a steering wedge it must meet therequirements as described in Annex V Sections 791 and 792

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 59

ANNEX VIII

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 60

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 61

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 62

ANNEX IX

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 63

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 64

Appendix I

B

1994L0020 mdash EN mdash 01012007 mdash 002001mdash 65

Page 30: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 31: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 32: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 33: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 34: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 35: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 36: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 37: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 38: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 39: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 40: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 41: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 42: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 43: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 44: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 45: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 46: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 47: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 48: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 49: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 50: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 51: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 52: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 53: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 54: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 55: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 56: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 57: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 58: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 59: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 60: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 61: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 62: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 63: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 64: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
Page 65: B DIRECTIVE 94/20/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL